279
___________________ ___________ ___________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ SIMATIC Distributed I/O ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions 03/2018 A5E01250250-AI Preface Product overview 1 Installing 2 Wiring 3 Configuring 4 Commissioning 5 Maintenance 6 Interrupt, error, and system messages 7 General technical data 8 I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs 9 I/O device analog input/analog output 10 IO-Link Master 11 Terminal block and voltage distributor 12 Signal names A Article numbers B Dimensional drawings C Connection examples D I/O address space E Response times for analog input device and output device F Fail-safe shutdown of ET 200eco PN standard modules G Open Source Software H

ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

  • Upload
    doanthu

  • View
    217

  • Download
    2

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

___________________ ___________ ___________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________

SIMATIC

Distributed I/O ET 200eco PN

Operating Instructions

03/2018 A5E01250250-AI

Preface

Product overview 1

Installing 2

Wiring 3

Configuring 4

Commissioning 5

Maintenance 6

Interrupt, error, and system messages

7

General technical data 8

I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs

9 I/O device analog input/analog output

10

IO-Link Master 11

Terminal block and voltage distributor

12

Signal names A

Article numbers B

Dimensional drawings C

Connection examples D

I/O address space E

Response times for analog input device and output device

F Fail-safe shutdown of ET 200eco PN standard modules

G

Open Source Software H

Page 2: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Siemens AG Division Digital Factory Postfach 48 48 90026 NÜRNBERG GERMANY

A5E01250250-AI 03/2018 Subject to change

Copyright © Siemens AG 2012 - 2018. All rights reserved

Legal information Warning notice system

This manual contains notices you have to observe in order to ensure your personal safety, as well as to prevent damage to property. The notices referring to your personal safety are highlighted in the manual by a safety alert symbol, notices referring only to property damage have no safety alert symbol. These notices shown below are graded according to the degree of danger.

DANGER indicates that death or severe personal injury will result if proper precautions are not taken.

WARNING indicates that death or severe personal injury may result if proper precautions are not taken.

CAUTION indicates that minor personal injury can result if proper precautions are not taken.

NOTICE indicates that property damage can result if proper precautions are not taken.

If more than one degree of danger is present, the warning notice representing the highest degree of danger will be used. A notice warning of injury to persons with a safety alert symbol may also include a warning relating to property damage.

Qualified Personnel The product/system described in this documentation may be operated only by personnel qualified for the specific task in accordance with the relevant documentation, in particular its warning notices and safety instructions. Qualified personnel are those who, based on their training and experience, are capable of identifying risks and avoiding potential hazards when working with these products/systems.

Proper use of Siemens products Note the following:

WARNING Siemens products may only be used for the applications described in the catalog and in the relevant technical documentation. If products and components from other manufacturers are used, these must be recommended or approved by Siemens. Proper transport, storage, installation, assembly, commissioning, operation and maintenance are required to ensure that the products operate safely and without any problems. The permissible ambient conditions must be complied with. The information in the relevant documentation must be observed.

Trademarks All names identified by ® are registered trademarks of Siemens AG. The remaining trademarks in this publication may be trademarks whose use by third parties for their own purposes could violate the rights of the owner.

Disclaimer of Liability We have reviewed the contents of this publication to ensure consistency with the hardware and software described. Since variance cannot be precluded entirely, we cannot guarantee full consistency. However, the information in this publication is reviewed regularly and any necessary corrections are included in subsequent editions.

Page 3: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 3

Preface

Purpose of the manual The information in this manual enables you to operate the ET 200eco PN distributed I/O device on PROFINET IO as an IO Device.

Basic knowledge required This manual presumes a general knowledge in the field of automation engineering.

The manual describes the components based on the data valid at the time of its release. SIEMENS reserves the right of including a product information for each new component, and for each component of a later version.

Scope of this manual This manual applies to the ET 200eco PN distributed I/O device.

Changes compared to the previous version Compared with the previous version, this manual includes the following changes/additions:

Expansion of the description of the IO-Link master 4 IO-L 4×M12

Updates in section General technical data (Page 100)

Addition to the section Safety-relevant symbols for the ET 200eco PN distributed I/O system (Page 109)

Standards and certifications You can find information of which standards and approvals are met by the ET 200eco PN I/O system in the section Standards and certifications (Page 100).

Scope of information In addition to this manual, you need:

The manual for the IO Controller you are using

The PROFINET System Description (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/19292127) system manual,

The From PROFIBUS DP to PROFINET IO (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/19289930) programming manual.

The IO-Link System (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/65949252) function manual.

Page 4: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Preface

ET 200eco PN 4 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Guide This manual describes the hardware of the ET 200eco PN distributed I/O device. It consists of instructive sections and reference sections (specifications).

Topics covered in this manual include

Installing and wiring the ET 200eco PN distributed I/O device

Commissioning and diagnostics of the ET 200eco PN distributed I/O device

Components of the ET 200eco PN distributed I/O device

Article numbers

Important terms are explained in the glossary.

The index helps you to quickly find all texts relevant to your keyword.

Recycling and disposal ET 200eco PN can be recycled owing to its low pollutant content.

For ecologically compatible recycling and disposal of your old device, contact a certificated disposal service for electronic scrap.

Training Centers Siemens offers corresponding courses to get you started with your ET 200eco PN distributed I/O device and the SIMATIC S7 automation system. Please contact your local training center.

Additional information can be found on the Internet (http://www.sitrain.com/index_en.html).

Technical Support Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services for all our products and systems.

You can find Technical Support at the following address on the Internet (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/sc/2090).

Additional support If you have any further questions about the use of products described in this manual, and do not find the right answers there, contact your local Siemens representative:

You can find your representative on the Internet (http://www.automation.siemens.com/partner/guiwelcome.asp?lang=en).

A guide to the technical documentation for the various SIMATIC products and systems is available on the Internet (https://support.industry.siemens.com).

The online catalog and ordering systems are available on the Internet (http://mall.industry.siemens.com).

Page 5: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Preface

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 5

Security information Siemens provides products and solutions with industrial security functions that support the secure operation of plants, systems, machines and networks.

In order to protect plants, systems, machines and networks against cyber threats, it is necessary to implement – and continuously maintain – a holistic, state-of-the-art industrial security concept. Siemens' products and solutions constitute one element of such a concept.

Customers are responsible for preventing unauthorized access to their plants, systems, machines and networks. Such systems, machines and components should only be connected to an enterprise network or the internet if and to the extent such a connection is necessary and only when appropriate security measures (e.g. firewalls and/or network segmentation) are in place.

For additional information on industrial security measures that may be implemented, please visit (https://www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity).

Siemens' products and solutions undergo continuous development to make them more secure. Siemens strongly recommends that product updates are applied as soon as they are available and that the latest product versions are used. Use of product versions that are no longer supported, and failure to apply the latest updates may increase customers' exposure to cyber threats.

To stay informed about product updates, subscribe to the Siemens Industrial Security RSS Feed under (https://www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity).

Page 6: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

ET 200eco PN 6 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Table of contents

Preface ................................................................................................................................................... 3

1 Product overview .................................................................................................................................. 10

1.1 Distributed I/O device – Overview .......................................................................................... 10

1.2 ET 200eco PN Distributed I/O Device ................................................................................... 11

2 Installing ............................................................................................................................................... 20

2.1 Installation without mounting rail ............................................................................................ 20

2.2 Installation with mounting rail ................................................................................................. 24

2.3 Mounting position, mounting dimensions ............................................................................... 24

2.4 Installing the terminal block .................................................................................................... 25

2.5 Replacing labels ..................................................................................................................... 27

2.6 Removing ET 200eco PN ...................................................................................................... 28

3 Wiring ................................................................................................................................................... 29

3.1 General rules and regulations for operating an ET 200eco PN ............................................. 29

3.2 Operating ET 200eco PN on grounded mains ....................................................................... 30

3.3 Electrical configuration of ET 200eco PN .............................................................................. 33

3.4 Technical specifications of the lines....................................................................................... 34

3.5 Wiring the ET 200eco PN ...................................................................................................... 35 3.5.1 Wiring the ET 200eco PN to functional earth (FE)................................................................. 35 3.5.2 Wiring I/O devices .................................................................................................................. 37

3.6 Pin assignment of connectors ................................................................................................ 40 3.6.1 Pin assignment of the PROFINET connector ........................................................................ 40 3.6.2 Pin assignment for feeding and looping the voltage .............................................................. 41 3.6.3 Pin assignment of digital inputs ............................................................................................. 42 3.6.4 Pin assignment of digital outputs ........................................................................................... 45 3.6.5 Pin assignment for parameterizable digital input/digital output ............................................. 49 3.6.6 Pin assignment for IO-Link Masters ....................................................................................... 50 3.6.7 Pin assignment for analog inputs ........................................................................................... 53 3.6.8 Pin assignment M12 compensation connector for thermocouples ........................................ 58 3.6.9 Pin assignment for analog output .......................................................................................... 59

3.7 Wiring the terminal block ........................................................................................................ 60

3.8 Wiring the voltage distributor ................................................................................................. 64

3.9 Looping PROFINET and the supply voltage .......................................................................... 66

4 Configuring ........................................................................................................................................... 68

4.1 Configuring ET 200eco PN .................................................................................................... 68

Page 7: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Table of contents

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 7

4.2 Configuring an IO-Link master ................................................................................................ 69 4.2.1 Configuring the IO-Link Master 6ES7148-6JA00-0AB0 ......................................................... 69 4.2.2 Configuring the IO-Link Master 6ES7148-6JD00-0AB0 ......................................................... 71

4.3 Device names for ET 200eco PN ........................................................................................... 72

4.4 Ports of ET 200eco PN ........................................................................................................... 73

4.5 Isochronous real-time communication .................................................................................... 74

4.6 Prioritized startup .................................................................................................................... 75

4.7 Device replacement without programming device .................................................................. 75

4.8 Media redundancy .................................................................................................................. 76

4.9 Reset to factory settings (PROFINET) .................................................................................... 76

4.10 SNMP ...................................................................................................................................... 77

5 Commissioning ..................................................................................................................................... 78

5.1 Commissioning ET 200eco PN ............................................................................................... 78

6 Maintenance ......................................................................................................................................... 80

6.1 Replacing the fuse .................................................................................................................. 80

6.2 Online firmware update by means of STEP 7 Manager ......................................................... 81

6.3 Acyclic data exchange with the IO-Link library ....................................................................... 82

6.4 Exchange object ..................................................................................................................... 83

7 Interrupt, error, and system messages .................................................................................................. 84

7.1 Interrupts of ET 200eco PN .................................................................................................... 84

7.2 Maintenance interrupts ........................................................................................................... 85

7.3 Diagnostics by means of LED display .................................................................................... 86 7.3.1 Diagnostics using the LED display on the I/O devices ........................................................... 86 7.3.2 Diagnostics using LED display on the IO-Link masters .......................................................... 89 7.3.3 Diagnostics using the LED display at the voltage distributor .................................................. 92

7.4 Diagnostics messages of the I/O devices ............................................................................... 93

7.5 Diagnostics with STEP 7......................................................................................................... 93 7.5.1 Reading diagnostics data ....................................................................................................... 93 7.5.2 Channel diagnostics................................................................................................................ 94 7.5.3 Error classes for I/O devices ................................................................................................... 95 7.5.4 STOP of the IO Controller and recovery of the IO Device ...................................................... 99

8 General technical data ........................................................................................................................ 100

8.1 Standards and certifications ................................................................................................. 100

8.2 EMC compatibility, shipping and storage conditions ............................................................ 103

8.3 Mechanical and climatic environmental conditions ............................................................... 105

8.4 Specification of dielectric tests, protection class, degree of protection, and rated voltage of ET 200eco PN ...................................................................................................... 108

8.5 Safety-relevant symbols for the ET 200eco PN distributed I/O system ................................ 109

Page 8: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Table of contents

ET 200eco PN 8 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

9 I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs .................................................................................................. 110

9.1 I/O device digital inputs ........................................................................................................ 110 9.1.1 I/O device 8 DI DC 24 V 4xM12 ........................................................................................... 110 9.1.2 I/O device 8 DI DC 24 V 8xM12 ........................................................................................... 114 9.1.3 I/O device 16 DI DC 24 V 8xM12 ......................................................................................... 118 9.1.4 Parameter overview digital inputs ........................................................................................ 122

9.2 I/O device digital outputs ...................................................................................................... 123 9.2.1 I/O device 8 DO DC 24 V/1.3A 4xM12................................................................................. 123 9.2.2 I/O device 8 DO DC 24 V/0.5A 4xM12................................................................................. 129 9.2.3 I/O device 8 DO DC 24 V/1.3A 8xM12................................................................................. 133 9.2.4 I/O device 8 DO DC 24V/2.0A 8xM12.................................................................................. 139 9.2.5 I/O device 16 DO DC 24 V/1.3A 8xM12 .............................................................................. 143 9.2.6 Parameter overview digital outputs ...................................................................................... 148

9.3 I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs ................................................................................ 150 9.3.1 I/O device 8 DIO DC 24V/1.3A 8xM12................................................................................. 150 9.3.2 Parameter overview digital inputs/digital outputs ................................................................. 155

10 I/O device analog input/analog output .................................................................................................. 156

10.1 I/O device analog input ........................................................................................................ 156 10.1.1 I/O device 8 AI 4 U/I + 4 RTD/TC 8xM12 ............................................................................. 156 10.1.2 8 AI RTD/TC 8×M12 I/O device ........................................................................................... 165 10.1.3 Parameter overview analog input ........................................................................................ 172 10.1.4 Parameter description analog input ..................................................................................... 177 10.1.5 Analog value representation for measuring ranges with SIMATIC S7 ................................ 183 10.1.6 Measuring ranges of the analog input device in S7 format ................................................. 184 10.1.7 Dynamic reference temperature with module 8 AI RTD/TC 8xM12 .................................... 191

10.2 I/O device analog output ...................................................................................................... 196 10.2.1 I/O device 4 AO U/I 4xM12 .................................................................................................. 196 10.2.2 Parameter overview analog output ...................................................................................... 202 10.2.3 Parameter description analog output ................................................................................... 203 10.2.4 Output ranges of analog output device ................................................................................ 204

10.3 Influence of the range of values ........................................................................................... 206

11 IO-Link Master ..................................................................................................................................... 207

11.1 IO-Link Master (6ES7148-6JA00-0AB0) .............................................................................. 207 11.1.1 Parameters for IO-Link Master ............................................................................................. 214 11.1.2 Functions .............................................................................................................................. 216

11.2 IO-Link Master (6ES7148-6JD00-0AB0) ............................................................................. 217 11.2.1 Configuration ........................................................................................................................ 221 11.2.2 Parameter ............................................................................................................................ 222 11.2.3 Explanation of the parameters ............................................................................................. 223 11.2.4 Functions .............................................................................................................................. 225 11.2.5 Interrupts .............................................................................................................................. 227 11.2.5.1 Triggering of a diagnostic interrupt ...................................................................................... 227 11.2.5.2 Triggering a hardware interrupt............................................................................................ 228 11.2.5.3 Triggering of a pull/plug interrupt ......................................................................................... 228 11.2.6 Maintenance events ............................................................................................................. 228

Page 9: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Table of contents

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 9

12 Terminal block and voltage distributor ................................................................................................. 229

12.1 Terminal block ....................................................................................................................... 229

12.2 Voltage distributor ................................................................................................................. 231

A Signal names ...................................................................................................................................... 234

A.1 Signal names ........................................................................................................................ 234

B Article numbers ................................................................................................................................... 235

C Dimensional drawings ......................................................................................................................... 242

C.1 Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................... 242

D Connection examples .......................................................................................................................... 248

D.1 Connection of resistance thermometers to the analog inputs .............................................. 248

D.2 Connection of thermocouples to the analog inputs .............................................................. 249

E I/O address space ............................................................................................................................... 252

F Response times for analog input device and output device .................................................................. 260

F.1 Response times for analog input device ............................................................................... 260

F.2 Response times for analog output device ............................................................................ 261

G Fail-safe shutdown of ET 200eco PN standard modules ...................................................................... 263

G.1 Back-up oriented shutdown of ET 200eco PN standard modules ........................................ 263

H Open Source Software ........................................................................................................................ 265

Glossary ............................................................................................................................................. 267

Index................................................................................................................................................... 275

Page 10: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

ET 200eco PN 10 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Product overview 1 1.1 Distributed I/O device – Overview

Distributed I/O systems – application area A plant configuration quite often features a process I/O configuration in a central automation system.

The wiring of process I/O components installed at a grated distance away from an automation system may soon may soon become highly complex and susceptible for electromagnetic interference.

Distributed I/O systems are are the perfect solution for such configurations.

The controller CPU is located in a central rack.

The I/O systems (inputs and outputs) are operated locally in a distributed configuration.

What is PROFINET IO? PROFINET IO is an open transmission system with real-time functionality defined in accordance with the PROFINET standard. This standard defines a manufacturer-independent communication, automation and engineering model.

Industrial-strength connections are available for wiring the PROFINET components.

PROFINET discards the hierarchical PROFIBUS master/slave concept. and deploys a provider/consumer principle instead. The IO Devices that will be subscribed to by an IO Controller are defined within the planning phase.

The quantity structures are extended in accordance with the available quantities for PROFINET IO. Parameter limits are not exceeded during configuration.

The transmission rate is 100 Mbps.

The configuration interface for users is generally the same as that for PROFIBUS DP (the system is configured in STEP 7 > HW Config).

Page 11: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Product overview 1.2 ET 200eco PN Distributed I/O Device

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 11

Structure of a PROFINET IO network The figure below illustrates a typical PROFINET IO network structure. Existing PROFIBUS slaves can be integrated using an IE/PB Link.

Figure 1-1 Typical structure of PROFINET IO

1.2 ET 200eco PN Distributed I/O Device

Definition The ET 200eco PN distributed I/O device is a compact PROFINET IO device in degree of protection IP65/66 or IP67 and UL Enclosure Type 4x, Indoor use only.

Field of application The fields of application of the ET 200eco PN are derived from its special properties.

A robust design and degree of protection IP65/66 or IP67 make the ET 200eco PN distributed I/O device suitable in particular for use in rugged industrial environments.

The compact design of the ET 200eco PN is particularly favorable for applications in confined areas.

The easy handling of ET 200eco PN facilitates efficient commissioning and maintenance.

Page 12: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Product overview 1.2 ET 200eco PN Distributed I/O Device

ET 200eco PN 12 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Properties The ET 200eco PN has the following properties:

Integrated switch with 2 ports

Supported Ethernet services:

– ping

– arp

– Network diagnostics (SNMP)

– LLDP

– DCP

Interrupts

– Diagnostics interrupts

– Maintenance interrupts

– Hardware interrupts

Port diagnostics

Isochronous real-time communication

Prioritized startup

Device replacement without programming device

Media redundancy

Page 13: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Product overview 1.2 ET 200eco PN Distributed I/O Device

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 13

Components of ET 200eco PN The tables below provide an overview of the most important components of ET 200eco PN:

Table 1- 1 Components of ET 200eco PN (30 mm)

Component Function Figure I/O device You connect the sensors and actuators

to the I/O device. The I/O device is available in the following variants: • 8 DI DC 24V 4×M12 • 8 DO DC 24V/1,3A 4×M12 • 8 DO DC 24V/0,5A 4×M12

① SF/MT LED ⑧ X03: Voltage infeed

② BF LED ⑨ X02: Loop through of the voltage

③ ON LED ⑩ Input/output signal

④ DC 24V LED (for digital output device only)

⑪ MAC address

⑤ P1 LK LED ⑫ X01 P2 LAN: PROFINET IO connection

⑥ P2 LK LED ⑬ X01 P1 LAN: PROFINET IO connection

⑦ Channel status/channel fault

Page 14: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Product overview 1.2 ET 200eco PN Distributed I/O Device

ET 200eco PN 14 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Table 1- 2 Components of ET 200eco PN (60 mm)

Component Function Figure I/O device You connect the sensors and actuators

to the I/O device. The I/O device is available in the following variants: • 8 DI DC 24V 8×M12 • 16 DI DC 24V 8×M12 • 8 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 • 8 DO DC 24V/2,0A 8×M12 • 16 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 • 8 AI 4 U/I + 4 RTD/TC 8×M12 • 8 AI RTD/TC 8×M12 • 8 DIO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12

① SF/MT LED ⑧ X03: Voltage infeed

② BF LED ⑨ X02: Loop through of the voltage

③ ON LED ⑩ Input/output signal

④ DC 24V LED (for digital output device only)

⑪ MAC address

⑤ P1 LK LED ⑫ X01 P2 LAN: PROFINET IO connection

⑥ P2 LK LED ⑬ X01 P1 LAN: PROFINET IO connection

⑦ Channel status/channel fault

Page 15: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Product overview 1.2 ET 200eco PN Distributed I/O Device

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 15

Table 1- 3 Components of ET 200eco PN (60 mm)

Component Function Figure I/O device You connect the sensors and actuators

to the I/O device. The I/O device is available in the following variants: • 4 AO U/I 4×M12

① SF/MT LED ⑦ X03: Voltage infeed

② BF LED ⑧ X02: Loop through of the voltage

③ ON LED ⑨ Input/output signal

④ P1 LK LED ⑩ MAC address

⑤ P2 LK LED ⑪ X01 P2 LAN: PROFINET IO connection

⑥ Channel status/channel fault ⑫ X01 P1 LAN: PROFINET IO connection

Page 16: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Product overview 1.2 ET 200eco PN Distributed I/O Device

ET 200eco PN 16 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

What is an IO-Link Master? IO-Link is a point-to-point connection to conventional and intelligent sensors/actuators via unshielded standard cable in proven 3- or 5-conductor technology. IO-Link Masters are backwards compatible with all DI standard sensors. Switching state and data channel designed in proven 24 VDC technology.

Supports mixed operation of sensors/actuators in the IO-Link, digital input and digital output operating modes on all four ports of the IO-Link Master.

Table 1- 4 IO-Link Master (6ES7148-6JA00-0AB0)

Component Function Figure IO-Link master Connect the following to I/O device:

• X1 to X4: IO-Link Devices or sen-sors/actuators

• X5, X6: Sensors • X7, X8: Actuators

① SF/MT LED ⑩ X03: Voltage infeed

② BF LED ⑪ X02: Loop through of the voltage

③ ON LED ⑫ X7/X8: Output signal

④ DC 24V LED ⑬ X5/X6: Input signal

⑤ P1 LK LED ⑭ MAC address

⑥ P2 LK LED ⑮ X1 to X4: IO-Link ports/input signal

⑦ Status display / Communication ⑯ X01 P2 LAN: PROFINET IO connection

⑧ Digital input: Channel status/channel fault ⑰ X01 P1 LAN: PROFINET IO connection

⑨ Digital output: Channel status/channel fault

Page 17: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Product overview 1.2 ET 200eco PN Distributed I/O Device

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 17

Table 1- 5 IO-Link Master (6ES7148-6JD00-0AB0)

Component Function Figure IO-Link master Connect IO-Link devices or encod-

ers/actuators to the I/O device.

① SF/MT LED ⑧ IO-L1 ... IO-L4: Channel status/channel fault IO-Link communication

② BF LED ⑨ X03: Voltage infeed

③ ON LED ⑩ X02: Loop through of the voltage

④ DC 24V LED ⑪ X1 to X4: IO-Link ports

⑤ P1 LK LED ⑫ MAC address

⑥ P2 LK LED ⑬ X01 P2 LAN: PROFINET IO connection

⑦ Q1 ... Q4: Channel status in the SIO mode ⑭ X01 P1 LAN: PROFINET IO connection

LEDs For information on the meaning of the LED displays, see section Diagnostics by means of LED display (Page 86).

Page 18: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Product overview 1.2 ET 200eco PN Distributed I/O Device

ET 200eco PN 18 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Further components of ET 200eco PN

Table 1- 6 Further components of ET 200eco PN

Component Function Figure Terminal block You can connect up to 10 A per voltage

to the terminal block for distribution to the I/O devices. A maximum of 4 A per voltage is available short-circuit protect-ed for each I/O device.

Voltage dis-tributor

You can supply up to 8 A per voltage at the PD DC 24V 1×7/8" 4×M12 and distribute up to 4 A per voltage and connector short-circuit-protected through 4 connectors.

① LEDs for forwarding 1L/2L ② LEDs for forwarding 1L/2L ③ X05: Status of voltage supply ④ X01 ... X04: Loop through of the voltage

Mounting rail You can install several I/O devices on the mounting rail.

Page 19: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Product overview 1.2 ET 200eco PN Distributed I/O Device

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 19

IO Controller The ET 200eco PN can communicate with all IO controllers that conform to IEC 61158.

At least STEP 7 V5.4, SP4 is required to configure a ET 200eco PN.

The ET 200eco PN can be configured starting from a CPU with extended diagnostics, see FAQ (https://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/23678970).

For information on the individual PROFINET properties that are available for the respective versions of the ET 200eco PN, refer to theFAQ (https://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/44383954).

Page 20: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

ET 200eco PN 20 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Installing 2

Two installation variants There are two installation variants:

With mounting rail

Without mounting rail

For corresponding conditions, refer to the next chapters.

2.1 Installation without mounting rail

Simple installation The ET 200eco PN distributed I/O device is designed for easy installation.

The I/O device must be mounted on a solid base

and can be prewired.

Requirements Screw type Explanation Cylinder head screw M5 to ISO 1207/ISO 1580 (DIN 84/DIN85)

The minimum screw length amounts to 35 mm. Any washers you might need should conform to DIN 125. Hexagon socket head cap screws M5 to

DIN EN ISO 4762

Tools required Medium-sized screwdriver or 4 mm hex socket driver.

Page 21: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Installing 2.1 Installation without mounting rail

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 21

Procedure 1. Screw the I/O device onto a level surface.

Screw the I/O device onto the panel at both mounting fixtures on the top and bottom of the front or side (torque: 3 N/m).

Figure 2-1 Mounting the I/O device on a panel (30 mm)

Page 22: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Installing 2.1 Installation without mounting rail

ET 200eco PN 22 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Figure 2-2 Mounting the I/O device on a panel (60 mm), for example

16 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12

Page 23: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Installing 2.1 Installation without mounting rail

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 23

Figure 2-3 Mounting the PD DC 24V 1×7/8" 4×M12 on a panel (45 mm)

Page 24: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Installing 2.2 Installation with mounting rail

ET 200eco PN 24 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

2.2 Installation with mounting rail

Version The mounting rail is available with a length of 500 mm.

Installing the mounting rail Cut the 500-mm rail to suit your requirements and drill mounting holes for the M8 screws. You should distribute the mounting holes evenly at a pitch of 182 mm on the rail, starting at a distance of 12 mm from the edge.

Use the rack screw to bolt the I/O devices onto the mounting rail.

Figure 2-4 Installing the mounting rail

2.3 Mounting position, mounting dimensions

Mounting position The ET 200eco PN can be mounted in any position.

Mounting and clearance dimensions

Table 2- 1 Mounting dimensions

Dimensions single width double width

Mounting width 30 mm 60 mm Mounting height 200 mm 175 mm Mounting depth 49 mm 49 mm

Page 25: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Installing 2.4 Installing the terminal block

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 25

2.4 Installing the terminal block

Properties The terminal block connects the ET 200eco PN and supplies the I/O device with power.

The terminal block

can be installed separately,

or be screwed on to each I/O device.

Requirements Note that you must wire the terminal block before you install it.

Tools required Recessed head screwdriver, medium size

Installing the terminal block separately You install the terminal block separately.

Remove the screws and then screw them in again at the bottom of the housing.

Figure 2-5 Installing the terminal block separately

Page 26: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Installing 2.4 Installing the terminal block

ET 200eco PN 26 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Installing the terminal block on an I/O device Install the terminal block vertically on a housing of 30 mm width, or horizontally on a housing of 60 mm width.

An M12 cap is attached to the bottom of the terminal block to implement the corresponding degree of protection. Make sure that the M12 cap is not attached to the terminal block connector and that it is mounted onto connector X02 of the I/O device. Bolt the terminal block onto the I/O device by tightening the screws.

Figure 2-6 Installing the terminal block on an I/O device of 60 mm width

See also Terminal block (Page 229)

Wiring the terminal block (Page 60)

Page 27: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Installing 2.5 Replacing labels

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 27

2.5 Replacing labels

Properties You can identify the I/O device and the I/O connectors using the labels. The module is supplied with the labels already clipped into the holder.

1 for the I/O device

4 or 8 for the I/O connectors

Requirements You can order replacement labels.

Tools required 2.5 to 4 mm slotted screwdriver

Replacing labels 1. Push the screwdriver into the small opening of the label at an angle and then lever it out.

Figure 2-7 Removing labels

2. Push the new label into the holder on the device.

Page 28: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Installing 2.6 Removing ET 200eco PN

ET 200eco PN 28 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

2.6 Removing ET 200eco PN

Procedure The ET 200eco PN is wired up and operating.

1. Switch off the supply voltage to the ET 200eco PN.

2. Disconnect the wiring from the I/O device.

3. Remove the fixing screws from the I/O device.

Note

Observe the information in chapter Looping PROFINET and the supply voltage (Page 66) when replacing the I/O device.

Page 29: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 29

Wiring 3 3.1 General rules and regulations for operating an ET 200eco PN

Introduction When operating the ET 200eco PN distributed I/O device as part of a plant or system, special rules and regulations have to be followed depending on the field of application.

This section provides an overview of the most important rules you have to observe when integrating the ET 200eco PN distributed I/O device in a plant or system.

EMERGENCY-STOP devices EMERGENCY-STOP devices in accordance with IEC 204 (corresponds to DIN VDE 113) must remain effective in all operating modes of the plant or system.

System startup after certain events The table below identifies situations you must pay attention to when the system starts up after the occurrence of certain events. If ... then ... Startup follows a power dip / failure The ET 200eco PN is started up after bus communication has been interrupted

Dangerous states must not result. If necessary, EMERGENCY-STOP must be enforced!

Start-up follows unlocking of the emer-gency stop device

An uncontrolled or undefined start up must not occur.

24 V DC supply The following table identifies requirements you must observe for the 24 V DC supply. With ... You must take into account... Buildings External lightning protection Take lightning protection measures

(for example, lightning protection elements)

24 V DC supply lines, signal lines

Internal lightning protection

24 V DC supply Safe (electrical) isolation of the extra-low voltage (SELV/PELV) Looping-through of the sup-ply voltage

Voltage drop in the case of loop-through (see Chapter Looping PROFINET and the supply voltage (Page 66))

Page 30: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Wiring 3.2 Operating ET 200eco PN on grounded mains

ET 200eco PN 30 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Protection against external electrical influences The table below identifies to what you must pay attention when protecting against electrical influences or faults. With ... You must take into account... All plants or systems in which the ET 200eco PN is installed

The plant or system is EMC-compatible and properly grounded for the discharge of electromagnetic interference.

Supply, signal and bus lines The wiring arrangement and installation must be correct. Signal and bus lines A cable or wire break must not lead to undefined states of the

plant or of the system.

3.2 Operating ET 200eco PN on grounded mains

Introduction This section provides information about the overall configuration of an ET 200eco PN distributed I/O device with a grounded power system (TN-S system). The topics covered in this section are in particular: Disconnecting devices, short-circuit and overload protection in accordance with DIN VDE 0100 and DIN EN 60204-1.

Supply voltages of the ET 200eco PN There are 2 voltage supplies:

1L+: Non-switched voltage supply (electronic/sensor/load supply)

2L+: Switched voltage supply (load voltage supply)

Definition: Grounded power supply For grounded power supplies the neutral conductor of the supply system is grounded. A short-circuit to ground of a live conductor, or of a grounded part of the system, trips the protective devices.

Safe electrical isolation (SELV/PELV in accordance with IEC 60364-4-41) The ET 200eco PN must only be operated using power supplies/power supply units with safe electrical isolation. This protection is designated as SELV (Safety Extra Low Voltage) / PELV (Protective Extra Low Voltage) in accordance with IEC 61131-2 or 61010-2-201.

Page 31: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Wiring 3.2 Operating ET 200eco PN on grounded mains

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 31

Components and protective measures A number of components and protective measures are prescribed for plant installations. The type of components and the degree to which the protective measures are mandatory depend on which DIN VDE regulation applies to your system configuration. The following table refers to the figure below. Comparison ... Reference to

figure DIN VDE 0100 DIN EN 60204

Disconnecting device for controller, sensors, and actuators

(1) "Grounding concept for ET 200eco PN"

... Part 460: Main switch

... Part 1: Disconnector

Short-circuit / overload protection

(2) "Grounding concept for ET 200eco PN"

... Part 725: Single-pole protec-tion of circuits

... Part 1: With grounded secondary cir-cuit: Single-pole protection

Circuit breaker ... Part 430: Protection of cables and lines against overcurrent

-

Configuring ET 200eco PN with grounded reference potential Any interference currents generated within an ET 200eco PN configuration with grounded reference potential are discharged to protective earth. The terminals must be connected externally (see the figure "Grounding concept for ET 200eco PN": Connection between 1M and FE).

Configuring ET 200eco PN with ungrounded reference potential In an ET 200eco PN configuration with ungrounded reference potential, any interference currents will be discharged to protective ground via an internal RC circuit (see the figure "Grounding concept for ET 200eco PN": No connection between 1M and FE).

Insulation monitoring Insulation monitoring must be provided in the following cases:

Ungrounded ET 200eco PN configuration

A repetitive error is liable to cause dangerous plant states

Page 32: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Wiring 3.2 Operating ET 200eco PN on grounded mains

ET 200eco PN 32 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

ET 200eco PN in its overall configuration The figure below shows the overall configuration of the ET 200eco PN distributed I/O device (load voltage supply and grounding concept) with supply from a TN-S system.

① Disconnecting device for controller, sensors, and actuators ② Short-circuit / overload protection ③ Fuses for line protection ④ Microprocessor and switch ⑤ Ground bus ⑥ When the ET 200eco PN is configured with ungrounded reference potential, the connection

between 1M and FE and 2M and FE is not required

Page 33: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Wiring 3.3 Electrical configuration of ET 200eco PN

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 33

3.3 Electrical configuration of ET 200eco PN

Electrical isolation The ET 200eco PN electrical configuration features electrical isolation between:

1L+ Non-switched supply voltage (electronic/sensor/load supply)

Electrically isolated from PROFINET IO and 2L+ (load voltage supply)

2L+: Switched supply voltage (load voltage supply):

Electrically isolated from all other circuit components.

Can be shut down with influencing the 1L+.

PROFINET IO interface:

Electrically isolated from all other circuit components.

① Infeed of supply voltage ③ Microprocessor and switch ② Loop-through of supply voltage ④ Main ground line

Page 34: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Wiring 3.4 Technical specifications of the lines

ET 200eco PN 34 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Connection of a digital output to a digital input

WARNING

When a digital output is connected to a digital output, the respective potential groups have to be observed. Depending on the configuration, 1M and 2M may then be connected, resulting in elimination of the galvanic isolation between 1L+ and 2L+.

Line protection Line protection is required in accordance with DIN VDE 0100, i.e., you must always provide external fusing.

The power supplies of the I/O device must be fused using a 24 V DC/4 A miniature circuit breaker with tripping characteristic type B or C.

The power supplies of the terminal block must be fused using a 24 V DC/10 A miniature circuit breaker with tripping characteristic type B or C.

The power supplies of the voltage distributor must be fused using a 24 VDC / 8 A miniature circuit breaker with tripping characteristic type B or C.

3.4 Technical specifications of the lines

Influence of cable length on the supply voltage If you are wiring your configuration, then you must take into account the impact of cable

length on the supply voltage to the ET 200eco PN.

Example

A 10-m cable with Ø 0.75 mm2 has a resistance of 0.5 Ω, which corresponds with a voltage drop of 2 V at a load of 4 A.

CAUTION

If you do not adhere to the maximum infeed currents and the cable cross-sections required for these currents, you will risk overheating the cable insulation and contacts, and damage to the device.

Page 35: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Wiring 3.5 Wiring the ET 200eco PN

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 35

3.5 Wiring the ET 200eco PN

3.5.1 Wiring the ET 200eco PN to functional earth (FE)

Introduction You must connect the ET 200eco PN with the functional earth (FE).

What is functional ground? All ET 200eco PN I/O devices have a functional earth connection. This connection is used to suppress interference but not for protective purposes. You establish a direction electrical connection to a point in your plant or a shield using the functional earth connection. EMC interference is discharged directly to earth through this connection. The interference immunity of the entire I/O device is increased by the discharge of the EMC interference.

Install ET 200eco PN I/O devices on conductive base

Requirements

Conductive base for installation of the I/O device.

Procedure

The procedure and further information about the required tools and accessories are described in the Section Installation without mounting rail (Page 20).

Note Grounding with conductive base

When you fasten an I/O device of ET 200eco PN to a conductive, grounded base, the two module fixing screws create a conductive connection to the ground potential. Make sure there is a low-impedance connection between the peripheral device and the conductive substrate and between the conductive substrate and the functional ground.

Install ET 200eco PN I/O devices on non-conductive base

Requirements

Non-conductive base for installation of the I/O device.

Page 36: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Wiring 3.5 Wiring the ET 200eco PN

ET 200eco PN 36 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Tools required

You need the following tools to connect to the functional ground:

Stripping tool

Crimp tool

Screwdriver

Required accessories

You need the following accessories to connect to the functional ground:

M5 x 8 fixing screw and washers

Grounding cable (copper braid cable) with a minimum cross-section of 4 mm2

Cable lug suitable for M5 screws

Installation

To connect ET 200eco PN I/O devices to functional earth with non-conductive base, follow these steps:

Drill 2 fixing holes.

Strip the grounding conductor and crimp on the cable lug.

Screw the cable lug onto the I/O device and voltage distributor (M5 fixing screw) with a torque of 1.5 Nm.

Figure 3-1 Wiring the I/O device to functional earth

Reference For additional information on installing I/O devices, refer to the section Installing (Page 20).

Page 37: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Wiring 3.5 Wiring the ET 200eco PN

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 37

3.5.2 Wiring I/O devices

Properties Connect the sensors and actuators to the 5-pin M12 circular sockets (X1 to X4, or X1 to X8) on the front panel of the I/O device.

Requirements Shut off the supply voltage before you wire the I/O devices.

Tools required Stripping tool and screwdriver for wiring the M12 cable connector, if you do not use prefabricated cables.

Required accessories Prefabricated cable with 5-pin M12 cable connector

or 3-, 4-, or 5-wire copper cable (conductor cross-section must be ≤ 0.75 mm2) with 5-pin M12 cable connector (see the tables below).

or a Y cable

M12 sealing caps

You can find the article numbers in the appendixArticle numbers (Page 235).

Connecting the M12 connector 1. Plug the connector into the relevant circular socket connector on the I/O block. Make sure

the connectors and sockets are properly interlocked (matched joint).

2. Secure the connector by tightening the knurled ring nut with a torque of 1.5 Nm.

Figure 3-2 Connecting the M12 connector

Page 38: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Wiring 3.5 Wiring the ET 200eco PN

ET 200eco PN 38 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Y cable The Y cable allows you to connect two actuators or sensors to the inputs or outputs of the ET 200eco PN.

The use of the Y cable is particularly recommended when two channels are occupied for each socket of an I/O device. The Y cable divides the two channels for two jacks (for pin assignment, see the tables below).

Figure 3-3 Y cable

The wiring of the Y cable is shown below.

Wiring jacks (DI/DQ) for Y cable To connect digital inputs via a Y cable, you will need:

A Y cable

2 M12 jacks

A flexible 3-wire or 4-wire copper cable with a wire cross-section of ≤ 0.75 mm2

The assignment of Pin 4 depends on which socket of the ET 200eco PN the Y cable is screwed to.

Pin assignment of the sockets for inputs/outputs The pin assignment of the sockets for inputs/outputs can be found in the data for the individual I/O devices starting in sectionPin assignment of digital inputs (Page 42).

Page 39: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Wiring 3.6 Pin assignment of connectors

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 39

Wiring M12 jacks for analog inputs and analog outputs For the connection of analog inputs and outputs, you will need:

one 4-pin or 5-pin M12 jack

a shielded 4-wire copper cable with a wire cross-section of ≤ 0.75 mm2

Wire the jack according to the pin assignment of the sockets on the I/O device. You can find the pin assignment in the data for the individual I/O devices starting in Chapter Pin assignment for analog inputs (Page 53).

Sealing round sockets not in use Always seal all unused round sockets using M12 sealing caps to achieve degree of protection IP65, IP66 or IP67.

You can find the article numbers in the appendixArticle numbers (Page 235).

Pin assignment The pin assignment of the I/O devices is specified in the following chapters.

Page 40: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Wiring 3.6 Pin assignment of connectors

ET 200eco PN 40 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

3.6 Pin assignment of connectors

3.6.1 Pin assignment of the PROFINET connector

PROFINET connector, X01 connector, port 1 and port 2 The tables below list the pin assignment for the PROFINET connectors.

Table 3- 1 Pin assignment of the M12 cable connector for PROFINET connector, ports 1 and 2

Pin Assignment View of the cable connector (PROFINET), port 1 and port 2

Assignment X01 P1

1 TXP 2 RXP 3 TXN 4 RXN Thread Functional earth FE Assignment X01 P2 1 RXP 2 TXP 3 RXN 4 TXN Thread Functional earth FE

Note

Note the different pin assignments for X01 P1 and X01 P2 if you disable "Autonegotiation" in STEP 7 .

Page 41: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Wiring 3.6 Pin assignment of connectors

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 41

3.6.2 Pin assignment for feeding and looping the voltage

Cable connector for supply voltage infeed, X03 connector The table below lists the pin assignment for the supply voltage infeed.

Table 3- 2 Pin assignment of the M12 cable connector for the supply voltage infeed

Pin Assignment View of the cable connector (wiring side)

1 Supply voltage 1L+ (non-switched)

2 Ground 2M (switched) 3 Ground 1M (non-switched) 4 Supply voltage 2L+ (switched) 5 Reserved

Cable connector for loop-through of the supply voltage, X02 socket The following table lists the supply voltage for loop-through of the supply voltage.

Table 3- 3 Pin assignment of the M12 cable connector for loop-through of the voltage

Pin Assignment View of the cable connector (wiring side)

1 Supply voltage 1L+ (non-switched)

2 Ground 2M (switched) 3 Ground 1M (non-switched) 4 Supply voltage 2L+ (switched) 5 Reserved

Page 42: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Wiring 3.6 Pin assignment of connectors

ET 200eco PN 42 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Note

The M12 sockets for the supply and I/O have the same coding.

Make sure that you wire the supply and the I/O correctly.

CAUTION

PROFINET IO

Modules with PROFINET interfaces may only be operated if all of the connected nodes are equipped with SELV/PELV power supplies (or with protection systems of equal quality).

3.6.3 Pin assignment of digital inputs

I/O device 8 DI DC 24V 4×M12 (6ES7141-6BF00-0AB0) You will find the pin assignment for the 8 DI DC 24V 4×M12 I/O device in the table below.

Table 3- 4 Pin assignment of the M12 cable connector for the 8 DI DC 24V 4×M12 I/O device

Pin Assignment of X1 to X4 View of the cable connector (wiring side)

1 24 V sensor supply 1US (derived from 1L+ non-switched)

2 Input signal DI4: Connector X1 Input signal DI5: Connector X2 Input signal DI6: Connector X3 Input signal DI7: Connector X4

3 Sensor supply ground 1M 4 Input signal DI0: Connector X1

Input signal DI1: Connector X2 Input signal DI2: Connector X3 Input signal DI3: Connector X4

5 Functional earth FE

When using the Y cable, pin 2 and pin 4 are assigned to pin 4 (A) and pin 4 (B).

Page 43: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Wiring 3.6 Pin assignment of connectors

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 43

I/O device 8 DI DC 24V 8×M12 (6ES7141-6BG00-0AB0) You will find the pin assignment for the 8 DI DC 24V 8×M12 I/O device in the table below.

Table 3- 5 Pin assignment of the M12 cable connector for the 8 DI DC 24V 8×M12 I/O device

Pin Assignment of X1 to X8 View of the cable connector (wiring side)

1 24 V sensor supply 1US (derived from 1L+ non-switched)

2 Not used 3 Sensor supply ground 1M 4 Input signal DI0: Connector X1

Input signal DI1: Connector X2 Input signal DI2: Connector X3 Input signal DI3: Connector X4 Input signal DI4: Connector X5 Input signal DI5: Connector X6 Input signal DI6: Connector X7 Input signal DI7: Connector X8

5 Functional earth FE

I/O device 16 DI DC 24V 8×M12 (6ES7141-6BH00-0BA0) You will find the pin assignment for the 16 DI DC 24V 8×M12 I/O device in the table below.

Table 3- 6 Pin assignment of the M12 cable connector for the 16 DI DC 24V 8×M12 I/O device

Pin Assignment of X1 to X8 View of the cable connector (wiring side)

1 24 V sensor supply 1US (derived from 1L+ non-switched)

2 Input signal DI8: Connector X1 Input signal DI9: Connector X2 Input signal DI10: Connector X3 Input signal DI11: Connector X4 Input signal DI12: Connector X5 Input signal DI13: Connector X6 Input signal DI14: Connector X7 Input signal DI15: Connector X8

3 Sensor supply ground 1M 4 Input signal DI0: Connector X1

Input signal DI1: Connector X2 Input signal DI2: Connector X3 Input signal DI3: Connector X4 Input signal DI4: Connector X5 Input signal DI5: Connector X6 Input signal DI6: Connector X7 Input signal DI7: Connector X8

5 Functional earth FE

Page 44: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Wiring 3.6 Pin assignment of connectors

ET 200eco PN 44 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

When using the Y cable, pin 2 and pin 4 are assigned to pin 4 (A) and pin 4 (B).

Note

The M12 sockets for the supply and I/O have the same coding.

Make sure that you wire the supply and the I/O correctly.

Page 45: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Wiring 3.6 Pin assignment of connectors

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 45

3.6.4 Pin assignment of digital outputs

I/O device 8 DO DC 24V/1,3A 4×M12 (6ES7142-6BF00-0AB0) You will find the pin assignment for the 8 DO DC 24V/1,3A 4×M12 I/O device in the table below.

Table 3- 7 Pin assignment of the M12 cable connector for the 8 DO DC 24V/1,3A 4×M12 I/O device

Pin Assignment View of the cable connector (wiring side) Assignment X1 and X2 (1L+ non-switched)

1 Not used 2 Output signal DQ4: Connector X1

Output signal DQ5: Connector X2 3 Supply ground 1M 4 Output signal DQ0: Connector X1

Output signal DQ1: Connector X2 5 Functional earth FE Assignment X3 and X4 (2L+ switched) 1 Not used 2 Output signal DQ6: Connector X3

Output signal DQ7: Connector X4 3 Supply ground 2M 4 Output signal DQ2: Connector X3

Output signal DQ3: Connector X4 5 Functional earth FE

When using the Y cable, pin 2 and pin 4 are assigned to pin 4 (B) and pin 4 (A).

Page 46: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Wiring 3.6 Pin assignment of connectors

ET 200eco PN 46 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

I/O device 8 DO DC 24V/0,5A 4×M12 (6ES7142-6BF50-0AB0) You will find the pin assignment for the 8 DO DC 24V/0,5A 4×M12 I/O device in the table below.

Table 3- 8 Pin assignment of the M12 cable connector for the 8 DO DC 24V/0,5A 4×M12 I/O device

Pin Assignment X1 to X4 (2L+ switched) View of the cable connector (wiring side) 1 Not used

2 Output signal DQ4: Connector X1 Output signal DQ5: Connector X2 Output signal DQ6: Connector X3 Output signal DQ7: Connector X4

3 Supply ground 2M 4 Output signal DQ0: Connector X1

Output signal DQ1: Connector X2 Output signal DQ2: Connector X3 Output signal DQ3: Connector X4

5 Not used

When using the Y cable, pin 2 and pin 4 are assigned to pin 4 (B) and pin 4 (A).

Page 47: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Wiring 3.6 Pin assignment of connectors

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 47

I/O device 8 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 (6ES7142-6BG00-0AB0) and 8 DO DC 24V/2,0A 8×M12 (6ES7142-6BR00-0AB0)

The table below shows the pin assignments for I/O devices 8 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 and 8 DO DC 24V/2,0A 8×M12.

Table 3- 9 Pin assignment of the M12 cable connector for I/O device 8 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 and 8 DO DC 24V/2,0A 8×M12

Pin Assignment View of the cable connector (wiring side) Assignment X1 to X4 (1L+ non-switched)

2 Not used 3 Supply ground 1M 4 Output signal DQ0: Connector X1

Output signal DQ1: Connector X2 Output signal DQ2: Connector X3 Output signal DQ3: Connector X4

5 Functional earth FE Assignment X5 to X8 (2L+ switched) 1 Not used 2 Not used 3 Supply ground 2M 4 Output signal DQ4: Connector X5

Output signal DQ5: Connector X6 Output signal DQ6: Connector X7 Output signal DQ7: Connector X8

5 Functional earth FE

Page 48: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Wiring 3.6 Pin assignment of connectors

ET 200eco PN 48 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

I/O device 16 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 (6ES7142-6BH00-0AB0) You will find the pin assignment for the 16 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 I/O device in the table below.

Table 3- 10 Pin assignment of the M12 cable connector for the 16 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 I/O device

Pin Assignment View of the cable connector (wiring side) Assignment X1 to X4 (1L+ non-switched)

1 Not used 2 Output signal DQ8: Connector X1

Output signal DQ9: Connector X2 Output signal DQ10: Connector X3 Output signal DQ11: Connector X4

3 Supply ground 1M 4 Output signal DQ0: Connector X1

Output signal DQ1: Connector X2 Output signal DQ2: Connector X3 Output signal DQ3: Connector X4

5 Functional earth FE Assignment X5 to X8 (2L+ switched) 1 Not used 2 Output signal DQ12: Connector X5

Output signal DQ13: Connector X6 Output signal DQ14: Connector X7 Output signal DQ15: Connector X8

3 Supply ground 2M 4 Output signal DQ4: Connector X5

Output signal DQ5: Connector X6 Output signal DQ6: Connector X7 Output signal DQ7: Connector X8

5 Functional earth FE

Page 49: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Wiring 3.6 Pin assignment of connectors

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 49

When using the Y cable, pin 2 and pin 4 are assigned to pin 4 (B) and pin 4 (A).

Note

The M12 sockets for the supply and I/O have the same coding.

Make sure that you wire the supply and the I/O correctly.

3.6.5 Pin assignment for parameterizable digital input/digital output

I/O device 8 DIO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 (6ES7147-6BG00-0AB0) You will find the pin assignment for the 8 DIO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 I/O device in the table below.

Table 3- 11 Pin assignment of the M12 cable connector for the 8 DIO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 I/O de-vice

Pin Assignment View of the cable connector (wiring side)

Assignment X1 to X4 (1L+ non-switched)

Input

Output

1* 24 V sensor supply 1US (derived from 1L+ non-switched)

2 Not used 3 Supply ground 1M 4 Input / output signal DIQ0: Connector X1

Input/output signal DIQ1: Connector X2 Input/output signal DIQ2: Connector X3 Input/output signal DIQ3: Connector X4

5 Functional earth FE Assignment X5 to X8 (2L+ switched) 1 24 V sensor supply 2US

(derived from 2L+ switched) 2 Not used 3 Supply ground 2M 4 Input / output signal DIQ4: Connector X5

Input/output signal DIQ5: Connector X6 Input/output signal DIQ6: Connector X7 Input/output signal DIQ7: Connector X8

5 Functional earth FE

* The sensor supply is only available when the corresponding channel is parameterized as an "Input".

Page 50: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Wiring 3.6 Pin assignment of connectors

ET 200eco PN 50 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

3.6.6 Pin assignment for IO-Link Masters

IO-Link Master 4 IO-L + 8 DI + 4 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 (6ES7148-6JA00-0AB0) The following tables contain the pin assignments for the IO-Link Master 4 IO-L + 8 DI + 4 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12.

Table 3- 12 Pin assignment for IO-Link Master and digital inputs

Pin Assignment of X1 to X4 View of the cable connector (wiring side)

1 24 V sensor supply 1US (derived from 1L+ non-switched)

2 Input signal DI0: Connector X1 Input signal DI1: Connector X2 Input signal DI2: Connector X3 Input signal DI3: Connector X4

3 Sensor supply ground 1M 4 IO-Link Master

Port 1 (C/Q): Connector X1 Port 2 (C/Q): Connector X2 Port 3 (C/Q): Connector X3 Port 4 (C/Q): Connector X4

5 Not used

Table 3- 13 Pin assignment for digital inputs

Pin Assignment of X5 and X6 View of the cable connector (wiring side)

1 24 V sensor supply 1US (derived from 1L+ non-switched)

2 Input signal DI5: Connector X5 Input signal DI7: Connector X6

3 Sensor supply ground 1M 4 Input signal DI4: Connector X5

Input signal DI6: Connector X6 5 Functional earth FE

Page 51: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Wiring 3.6 Pin assignment of connectors

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 51

Table 3- 14 Pin assignment for digital outputs

Pin Assignment X7 and X8 (2L+ switched) View of the cable connector (wiring side)

1 Not used

2 Output signal DQ1: Connector X7 Output signal DQ3: Connector X8

3 Supply ground 2M 4 Output signal DQ0: Connector X7

Output signal DQ2: Connector X8 5 Functional earth FE

Page 52: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Wiring 3.6 Pin assignment of connectors

ET 200eco PN 52 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

IO-Link Master 4 IO-L 4×M12 (6ES7148-6JD00-0AB0) The following tables contain the pin assignments for the IO-Link Master 4 IO-L 4×M12.

Table 3- 15 Pin assignment for IO-Link Master

Pin Assignment of X1 to X4 View of the cable connector (wiring side)

1 24 V sensor supply 1US (derived from 1L+ non-switched)

Port Class A (type A)*

Port Class B (type B)

2 24 V actuator supply 2UA 3 Sensor supply ground 1M 4 IO-Link master

Port 1 (C/Q): Connector X1 Port 2 (C/Q): Connector X2 Port 3 (C/Q): Connector X3 Port 4 (C/Q): Connector X4

5 Actuator supply ground 2M

* If you use the sockets for IO-Link devices with Port Class A, do not place any signals on pins 2 and 5.

The M12 connectors are designed as Port Class B according to IO-Link specification. Pins 2 and 5 contain an additional power supply.

A non-interacting connection of devices of various port types (class A and class B) is possible using a 3-wire connecting cable (assignment of pins 1, 3 and 4).

NOTICE

24 V encoder supply 1US

Only use the 24 V encoder supply 1US supplied by the IO-Link master to supply the devices.

Page 53: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Wiring 3.6 Pin assignment of connectors

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 53

3.6.7 Pin assignment for analog inputs

I/O device 8 AI 4 U/I + 4 RTD/TC 8×M12 (6ES7144-6KD00-0AB0) You will find the pin assignment for the 8 AI 4 U/I + 4 RTD/TC 8×M12 I/O device in the table below.

Table 3- 16 Pin assignment for voltage and current for the 8 AI 4 U/I + 4 RTD/TC 8×M12 I/O device

Pin Assignment of X1, X3, X5, X7 View of the cable connector (wiring side)

1 24 V sensor supply 1US (derived from 1L+ non-switched)

Voltage

Current 4-wire transducer

2-wire transducer

2 Connector X1: Input signal M0+ Connector X3: Input signal M1+ Connector X5: Input signal M2+ Connector X7: Input signal M3+

3 Sensor supply ground 1M 4 Connector X1: Input signal M0-

Connector X3: Input signal M1- Connector X5: Input signal M2- Connector X7: Input signal M3-

5 Functional earth FE

① 4- or 5-core shielded copper cable ② 3-, 4-, or 5-core shielded copper cable

Page 54: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Wiring 3.6 Pin assignment of connectors

ET 200eco PN 54 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Table 3- 17 Pin assignment for RTD for the 8 AI 4 U/I + 4 RTD/TC 8×M12 I/O device

Pin Assignment of X2, X4, X6, X8 (for RTD) View of the cable connector (wiring side)

Connector X2: Input signal 4 Connector X4: Input signal 5 Connector X6: Input signal 6 Connector X8: Input signal 7

4-conductor

1 Constant current line positive ICn+ 2 Measurement cable positive Mn+ 3 Constant current line negative ICn- 4 Measurement cable negative Mn- 5 Functional earth FE

3-conductor

1 Constant current line positive ICn+ 2 Measurement cable positive Mn+ 3 Measurement cable negative Mn- and constant

current line negative ICn- 5 Functional earth FE

2-conductor

1 Measurement cable positive Mn+ and constant current line positive ICn+

3 Measurement cable negative Mn- and constant current line negative ICn-

5 Functional earth FE

① 4- or 5-core shielded copper cable ② 3-, 4-, or 5-core shielded copper cable

Page 55: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Wiring 3.6 Pin assignment of connectors

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 55

Table 3- 18 Pin assignment for thermocouple for the 8 AI 4 U/I + 4 RTD/TC 8×M12 I/O device

Pin Assignment X2, X4, X6, X8 (for thermocouples and ±80 mV)

View of the cable connector (wiring side)

1 Not used

2 Connector X2: Input signal M4+ Connector X4: Input signal M5+ Connector X6: Input signal M6+ Connector X8: Input signal M7+

3 Not used 4 Connector X2: Input signal M4-

Connector X4: Input signal M5- Connector X6: Input signal M6- Connector X8: Input signal M7-

5 Functional earth FE

① 3-, 4-, or 5-core shielded copper cable

Page 56: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Wiring 3.6 Pin assignment of connectors

ET 200eco PN 56 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

I/O device 8 AI RTD/TC 8×M12 (6ES7144-6KD50-0AB0) You will find the pin assignment for the 8 AI RTD/TC 8×M12 I/O device in the table below.

Table 3- 19 Pin assignment for RTD for the 8 AI RTD/TC 8×M12 I/O device

Pin Assignment X1 to X8 (for RTD) View of the cable connector (wiring side)

Connector X1: Input signal 0 Connector X2: Input signal 4 Connector X3: Input signal 1 Connector X4: Input signal 6 Connector X5: Input signal 2 Connector X7: Input signal 6 Connector X7: Input signal 3 Connector X8: Input signal 7

4-conductor

1 Constant current line positive ICn+ 2 Measurement cable positive Mn+ 3 Constant current line negative ICn- 4 Measurement cable negative Mn- 5 Functional earth FE

3-conductor

1 Constant current line positive ICn+ 2 Measurement cable positive Mn+ 3 Measurement cable negative Mn- and constant

current line negative ICn- 5 Functional earth FE

2-conductor

1 Measurement cable positive Mn+ and constant current line positive ICn+

3 Measurement cable negative Mn- and constant current line negative ICn-

5 Functional earth FE

① 4- or 5-core shielded copper cable ② 3-, 4-, or 5-core shielded copper cable

Page 57: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Wiring 3.6 Pin assignment of connectors

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 57

Table 3- 20 Pin assignment for thermocouple for the 8 AI RTD/TC 8×M12 I/O device

Pin Assignment of X1 to X8 (for thermocouples and ±80 mV)

View of the cable connector (wiring side)

1 Not used

2 Connector X1: Input signal M0+ Connector X2: Input signal M4+ Connector X3: Input signal M1+ Connector X4: Input signal M5+ Connector X5: Input signal M2+ Connector X6: Input signal M6+ Connector X7: Input signal M3+ Connector X8: Input signal M7+

3 Not used 4 Connector X1: Input signal M0-

Connector X2: Input signal M4- Connector X3: Input signal M1- Connector X4: Input signal M5- Connector X5: Input signal M2- Connector X6: Input signal M6- Connector X7: Input signal M3- Connector X8: Input signal M7-

5 Functional earth FE

① 3-, 4-, or 5-core shielded copper cable

Page 58: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Wiring 3.6 Pin assignment of connectors

ET 200eco PN 58 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

3.6.8 Pin assignment M12 compensation connector for thermocouples

M12 compensation connectors (6ES7194-4AB00-0AA0) You will find the pin assignment for the M12 compensation connector in the table below.

Table 3- 21 Pin assignment of the M12 compensation connector

Pin Assignment X1 View of the M12 compensation connector 1 Measurement cable 1M+

assigned with internal Pt1000

2 Input signal M0+ 3 Measurement cable 1M-

assigned with internal Pt1000 4 Input signal M0- 5 Functional earth FE

① Cable with cores made of thermocouple materials ② Integrated resistance thermometer Pt1000 ③ M12 compensation connector

See also Installing (Page 20)

Page 59: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Wiring 3.6 Pin assignment of connectors

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 59

3.6.9 Pin assignment for analog output

I/O device 4 AO U/I 4×M12 (6ES7145-6HD00-0AB0) You will find the pin assignment for the 4 AO U/I 4×M12 I/O device in the table below.

Table 3- 22 Pin assignment for voltage and current for the 4 AO U/I 4×M12 I/O device

Pin Assignment of X1 to X4 View of the cable connector (wiring side)

1 24 V actuator supply 1UA (derived from 1L+ non-switched)

2 Output signal Q0+: Connector X1 Output signal Q1+: Connector X2 Output signal Q2+: Connector X3 Output signal Q3+: Connector X4

3 Actuator supply ground 1M 4 Output signal Q0-: Connector X1

Output signal Q1-: Connector X2 Output signal Q2-: Connector X3 Output signal Q3-: Connector X4

5 Functional earth FE

① 3-, 4-, or 5-core shielded copper cable

Page 60: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Wiring 3.7 Wiring the terminal block

ET 200eco PN 60 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

3.7 Wiring the terminal block

Tools required You need a medium-sized cross-tip screwdriver to screw on the terminal block and a slotted screwdriver to press down the insulation displacement terminals.

Use the following cables to this purpose:

Insulation displacement terminals: Cables with core cross-section of 0.25 to 1.5 mm²

Cable gland: Cables with external diameters of 4.5 to 10 mm

Wiring the connectors You do not have to strip the cables. They are striped automatically when you press down the insulation displacement terminals.

Figure 3-4 Wiring the terminal block

Page 61: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Wiring 3.7 Wiring the terminal block

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 61

We'll show you an example of the separate installation of the terminal block and how to wire it to several I/O devices.

Figure 3-5 Wiring of the terminal block and of several I/O devices

Page 62: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Wiring 3.7 Wiring the terminal block

ET 200eco PN 62 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

You can tap a maximum load of 4 A from each supply voltage of the I/O device. You can loop-through the rest.

Figure 3-6 Principle of current distribution at the terminal block

Pin assignment The tables below show the pin assignments.

Table 3- 23 Pin assignment of the insulation displacement terminal block.

Pin Assignment View of the insulation displacement terminal block:

1 24 V (1L+ non-switched)

2 Ground 1M (non-switched) 3 24 V (2L+ switched) 4 Ground 2M (switched)

Page 63: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Wiring 3.7 Wiring the terminal block

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 63

Table 3- 24 Pin assignment of the M12 connector

Pin Assignment View of the cable connector 1 24 V (1L+ non-switched)

2 Ground 2M (switched) 3 Ground 1M (non-switched) 4 24 V (2L+ switched)

Information on wiring If you are wiring your configuration, you must take into account the impact of cable length

on the supply voltage to the ET 200eco PN (permitted tolerance).

The maximum infeed current of the terminal block is 10 A for 1L+ non-switched and 10 A for 2L+ switched.

Do not exceed these values.

CAUTION

Observance of the maximum supply currents and cable cross sections

If you do not adhere to the maximum infeed currents and the cable cross-sections required for these currents, you will risk overheating the cable insulation and contacts resulting in damage to the device.

See also Installing the terminal block (Page 25)

Page 64: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Wiring 3.8 Wiring the voltage distributor

ET 200eco PN 64 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

3.8 Wiring the voltage distributor

Wiring the connectors We use an example to show the configuration of the PD DC 24V 1×7/8" 4×M12 voltage distributor with connected I/O devices.

Figure 3-7 Wiring the voltage distributor

Page 65: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Wiring 3.8 Wiring the voltage distributor

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 65

Pin assignment The tables below show the pin assignments.

Table 3- 25 Pin assignment of the 7/8" connector at the current input of the voltage distributor

Pin Assignment of X05 View of the 7/8" cable connector (24 V con-nection)

1 Ground 2M (switched)

2 Ground 1M (non-switched) 3 Functional earth FE 4 24 V (1L+ non-switched) 5 24 V (2L+ switched)

Table 3- 26 Pin assignment of the M12 cable connector at the current output

Pin Assignment of X01 to X04 View of the M12 cable connector 1 24 V (1L+ non-switched)

2 Ground 2M (switched) 3 Ground 1M (non-switched) 4 24 V (2L+ switched) 5 Not used

Page 66: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Wiring 3.9 Looping PROFINET and the supply voltage

ET 200eco PN 66 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Information on wiring If you are wiring your configuration, you must take into account the impact of cable length

on the supply voltage to the ET 200eco PN (permitted tolerance).

The maximum input current of the voltage distributor is 8 A for 1L+ non-switched and 2L+ switched.

Do not exceed these values.

CAUTION

If you do not adhere to the maximum infeed currents and the cable cross-sections required for these currents, you will risk overheating the cable insulation and contacts resulting in damage to the device.

3.9 Looping PROFINET and the supply voltage

Properties The I/O device is equipped with one connector for the infeed and one socket for loop-through of the supply voltage. The connector for infeed and the socket for loop-through are interconnected internally.

The I/O device is equipped with two sockets for PROFINET IO. One socket is available for the infeed and one socket for loop-through of the PROFINET IO.

① PROFINET ② Supply voltage

Figure 3-8 PROFINET and supply voltage loop-through for ET 200eco PN

Page 67: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Wiring 3.9 Looping PROFINET and the supply voltage

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 67

Information on wiring If you are wiring your configuration, then you must take into account the impact of cable

length on the supply voltage to the ET 200eco PN (permissible tolerance).

The maximum infeed current of the I/O device is 4 A for 1L+ non-switched and 4 A for 2L+ switched.

Those values must not be exceeded.

CAUTION

If you do not adhere to the maximum infeed currents and the cable cross-sections required for these currents, you will risk overheating the cable insulation and contacts, and damage to the device.

Page 68: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

ET 200eco PN 68 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Configuring 4 4.1 Configuring ET 200eco PN

Requirements You need STEP 7 as of version V5.4, SP4 and possibly HSP.

Introduction ET 200eco PN is included in the hardware catalog of HW Config after the start of STEP 7.

Procedure 1. Start SIMATIC Manager.

2. Create a new project.

3. Configure the ET 200eco PN with HW Config.

4. Double-click on the technology module at slot 1 of the ET 200eco PN in the configuration table and set the parameters.

5. Save the configuration, or download it to the IO Controller.

Prerequisite for the GSD file You will need a GSD file, available for download from the Internet (http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/19698639/133100).

ET 200eco PN family: gsdml-v2.2-siemens-et200eco"date format yyyymmdd".xml

Configuring ET 200eco PN on PROFINET IO using STEP 7 1. Start STEP 7 and call up the Options > Install New GSD File menu command in HW

Config.

2. In the next dialog box, select the GSD file to install, and confirm with "OK". Result: ET 200eco PN is displayed in the hardware catalog, PROFINET IO folder.

3. The rest of the procedure is as described in the Programming with STEP 7 (http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/18652056) manual.

See also For further information, refer to the STEP 7 online help.

Page 69: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Configuring 4.2 Configuring an IO-Link master

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 69

4.2 Configuring an IO-Link master

4.2.1 Configuring the IO-Link Master 6ES7148-6JA00-0AB0

Requirements Configuration of the IO-Link Master takes place in two steps:

1. You need STEP 7 as of version V5.4 + SP5 + HSP188 for the IO-Link Master.

2. Configure the connected IO-Link Devices, encoders, and actuators with the Port Configurator tool (S7-PCT).

Configuring the IO-Link Master with HW Config 1. Start the SIMATIC Manager and configure the project as described in the STEP 7 online

help.

2. Drag the IO-Link Master from the HW catalog PROFINET IO > ET 200eco PN > IO Link > 4 IO-L + 8 DI + 4 DO DC24V/1.3A 8×M12 V6.1.

You can freely choose the address space in the Properties > Addresses field for each slot of the IO-Link Master. Additional information on possible configurations is available in the chapter I/O address space (Page 252).

3. Assign the IO-Link Master parameters. You can assign the parameters separately for a functional unit:

– The PROFINET IO parameters are accessed by double-clicking Slot 0.

– The IO-Link parameters are accessed by double-clicking Slot 1.

– The 8 digital input and 4 digital output parameters are accessed by double-clicking Slot 2.

Configuring the IO-Link Devices using "Configure IO-Link" 1. Select Slot 1 "4 IO-L" from the configuration table of the I/O device IO-Link Master.

2. Right-click and select "Configure IO-Link" in the following shortcut menu.

Result: S7-PCT is started.

3. Now start with the parameter assignment of the IO-Link Devices, sensors, and actuators.

You can find additional information in the S7-PCT online help.

Page 70: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Configuring 4.2 Configuring an IO-Link master

ET 200eco PN 70 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Configuring the IO-Link Master with GSD file 1. Install the GSD file in HW Config. The GSD file is available on the Internet

(https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/33291771).

2. Select the IO-Link Master I/O device in the hardware catalog of HW Config.

3. You can freely choose the address space in the Properties > Addresses field for each slot of the IO-Link Master. In contrast to HSP configuration, the address space on Slot 1 "4 IO-L" is set permanently to 32 byte inputs and outputs. Additional information on possible configurations is available in the chapter I/O address space (Page 252).

4. Assign the IO-Link Master parameters. You can assign the parameters separately for each functional unit:

– The PROFINET IO parameters are accessed by double-clicking Slot 0.

– The IO-Link parameters are accessed by double-clicking Slot 1.

– The 8 digital input and 4 digital output parameters are accessed by double-clicking Slot 2.

Configuring the IO-Link device via S7-PCT 1. Select Slot 1 "4 IO-L" from the configuration table of the I/O device IO-Link Master.

2. Right-click and select "Start Device Tool" in the following shortcut menu.

Result: S7-PCT is started.

3. Now start with the parameter assignment of the IO-Link Devices, sensors, and actuators.

You can find additional information in the S7-PCT online help.

Response of the IO-Link Master in unparameterized state and after "Resetting the IO-Link settings" via S7-PCT

All ports of the IO-Link Master are deactivated.

All user data are equal to 0.

All bits of the value status are set to "invalid."

The maintenance data 1 to 3 are deleted.

Page 71: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Configuring 4.2 Configuring an IO-Link master

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 71

4.2.2 Configuring the IO-Link Master 6ES7148-6JD00-0AB0

Introduction The IO-Link Master 6ES7148-6JD00-0AB0 is configured and parameters are assigned in the user interface of the selected configuration software.

"Configuring" is understood to mean arranging, setting and networking of devices and modules.

"Assigning parameters" is understood to mean setting the properties of the components used. The parameters of the hardware and the settings for the data exchange are assigned in the process.

Configuring the submodule of the IO-Link master

Requirements

You have configured your automation system.

In the device configuration of the 6ES7148-6JD00-0AB0 IO-Link Master, you have selected the IO-Link port that you want to configure.

Procedure

1. You configure the operating mode of the submodule. An overview of possible operating modes is available in the chapter Configuration (Page 221).

2. When you have configured the submodule and thus defined the operating mode, make the additional settings:

Enable the Autostart parameter (without S7-PCT)

Note

Changes to the port configuration

If you have assigned the parameters for the IO-Link device via Autostart (without S7-PCT), or have configured the port as digital input, digital output or disabled, you can no longer change the port configuration via S7-PCT.

Enabling the diagnostics (only in IO-Link mode)

Enable the parameter assignment for the hardware interrupts (only in IO-Link mode)

Page 72: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Configuring 4.3 Device names for ET 200eco PN

ET 200eco PN 72 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Response after "Resetting the IO-Link settings" via S7-PCT Deleting the IO-Link device data in the backup memory or the IO-Link Master

Resetting the parameters to factory state:

– Resetting the inspection severity and the backup behavior

Note

Effects on the device configuration

If you have reset the IO-Link settings via S7-PCT, you have to reload the device configuration via S7-PCT.

4.3 Device names for ET 200eco PN

Introduction Every PROFINET IO device is assigned a unique device ID (MAC address) before it leaves the factory.

Each ET 200eco PN IO Device is addressed based on its device name during configuration and in the user program.

You will find detailed information on addressing in PROFINET IO in the the SIMATIC PROFINET system description (http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/19292127) System Manual.

Requirements An online PROFINET connection from the programming device to the IO Device is

required for assigning the device name to the IO Device.

The IO device is configured and an IP address assigned in HW Config.

Assigning device names 1. Switch on the supply voltages for the ET 200eco PN.

2. Open the "Properties - ET 200eco PN" window in HW Config. Enter the device name for the IO Device and confirm your entry with "OK".

3. Select PLC > Ethernet > Assign Device Name in HW Config.

4. Click on "Assign Name" in the "Assign Device Name" window.

Result The device name is saved internally in the ET 200eco PN.

Page 73: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Configuring 4.4 Ports of ET 200eco PN

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 73

Node flash test The "Assign device name" dialog box displays all IO Devices used. Compare the MAC address of the device with the MAC address displayed and then select the correct IO Device.

The identification of IO Devices in a plant is facilitated by a node flash test. The flash test is activated as follows:

1. Select one of the displayed IO Devices from the "Assign device name" dialog box.

2. Select the flashing period.

3. Click the "Flash on" button.

The LINK LEDs flash on the selected IO Device.

Detailed information For additional information, refer to the STEP 7 Online Help and the SIMATIC PROFINET system description (http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/19292127) System Manual.

4.4 Ports of ET 200eco PN

Introduction The ET 200eco PN can diagnose 2 ports: X01 P1 and X01 P2.

Requirements The ports must have been configured in HW Config.

Port diagnostics must have been enabled.

Configuring the ports in HW Config Configure both ports in the "Properties of ET 200eco PN" dialog box of HW Config:

"Addresses" tab: Diagnostic address of the relevant port.

"Topology" tab:

"Options" tab:

To enable port diagnostics, select the following "Connection" setting at "Transmission Medium/Duplex": "Automatic Settings (monitor)".

See also See the STEP 7 Online Help.

Page 74: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Configuring 4.5 Isochronous real-time communication

ET 200eco PN 74 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

4.5 Isochronous real-time communication

Isochronous real-time communication Synchronized communication protocol for cyclic exchange of IRT data between PROFINET devices. A reserved bandwidth is available within the send cycle for IRT IO data. The reserved bandwidth ensures that the IRT data are transmitted at reserved, synchronized intervals while remaining uninfluenced by another greater network load (for example, TCP/IP communication or additional realtime communication).

"High performance" IRT option (not for 6ES7148-6JA00-0AB0 IO-Link Master):

Topological configuration is required (STEP 7 V5.5 or higher).

Note When using the IO controller as a Sync-Master for IRT communication with the "high performance" IRT option, the following must be observed:

Operate the IO controller as a Sync-Master if you configure the IRT communication with the "high performance" option.

Otherwise, IRT and RT configured IO devices may fail if the sync master fails.

Note Using redundant Sync-Master

When using redundant Sync-Masters, a short-term failure of the 6ES7148-6JD00-0AB0 IO-Link Master can occur during the switching of the Sync-Master.

Detailed information For additional information, refer to the SIMATIC PROFINET system description (http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/19292127) System Manual and the Migration from PROFIBUS DP to PROFINET IO (http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/19289930) Programming Manual.

Page 75: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Configuring 4.6 Prioritized startup

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 75

4.6 Prioritized startup

Prioritized startup Prioritized startup denotes PROFINET functionality for accelerating the startup of IO Devices for RT and IRT communication within a PROFINET IO system.

The function reduces the time that the correspondingly configured IO Devices require to recover the cyclic exchange of user data in the following situations:

After power has returned

After station recovery

After activation of IO Devices

Detailed information For further information, see the SIMATIC PROFINET system description (http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/19292127) System Manual and the Migration from PROFIBUS DP to PROFINET IO (http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/19289930) Programming Manual.

4.7 Device replacement without programming device

Device replacement without programming device IO Devices having this function can be replaced easily:

The device name does not have to be assigned using the programming device.

Instead of the programming device, the IO Controller now assigns the device name to the replacement IO Device. The IO Controller uses the configured topology and the correlations derived from the IO Devices. The configured target topology must agree with the actual topology.

IO Devices that have already been in operation must be reset to factory settings before before being put back into operation.

Detailed information For further information, see the SIMATIC PROFINET system description (http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/19292127) System Manual and the Migration from PROFIBUS DP to PROFINET IO (http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/19289930) Programming Manual.

Page 76: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Configuring 4.8 Media redundancy

ET 200eco PN 76 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

4.8 Media redundancy

Media redundancy Function for ensuring the network and system availability. Redundant transmission links (ring topology) ensures that an alternative communication path is made available if a transmission link fails (starting with STEP 7 V5.5) (not for 6ES7148-6JA00-0AB0 IO-Link Master up to firmware version 6.x).

For additional information, refer to the STEP 7 online help and the SIMATIC PROFINET system description (http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/19292127) manual.

4.9 Reset to factory settings (PROFINET)

Reset to factory settings (PROFINET)

Note

The stations of a bus segment can fail during the reset to factory settings.

"Reset to factory settings" is only possible if the IO Device is not exchanging data with a controller.

SNMP parameters in non-volatile memory are reset to factory settings (STEP 7 V5.3 SP 3 and higher) in the HW Config dialog PLC > Ethernet > Edit Ethernet Nodes, "Reset" button under "Reset to factory settings".

The following retentive data are retained during the reset:

The MAC address,

Note

Deleting the device name

The device name is deleted by means of the "Reset to factory settings" function.

The I&M0 data,

The settings configured with S7-PCT,

The outputs take up the configured substitute value behavior.

Page 77: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Configuring 4.10 SNMP

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 77

4.10 SNMP

SNMP The interface module supports the SNMP Ethernet service. MIB-2 (RFC1213) is supported. R/W objects can be edited using SNMP tools and are saved to module memory.

Following replacement with a brand new module, the R/W objects of the interface module are set to factory settings.

See also SIMATIC PROFINET system description (http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/19292127)

Page 78: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

ET 200eco PN 78 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Commissioning 5 5.1 Commissioning ET 200eco PN

Introduction Your automation system is commissioned depending on the current plant configuration. The section below describes the procedure for commissioning the ET 200eco PN on an IO Controller.

Requirements for commissioning the ET 200eco PN on the PROFINET IO Actions Reference ET 200eco PN installed Chapter Installing (Page 20) ET 200eco PN wired Chapter Wiring (Page 29) The IO Device was assigned a device name Chapter Configuring (Page 68) ET 200eco PN configured Chapter Configuring (Page 68) Supply voltage for the IO Controller is switched on IO Controller manual IO Controller switched to RUN IO Controller manual

Commissioning ET 200eco PN 1. Switch on the voltage supply 1L+ non-switched for the ET 200eco PN.

2. Switch on the supply voltage(s) 2L+ switched as required.

Page 79: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Commissioning 5.1 Commissioning ET 200eco PN

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 79

Startup of the ET 200eco PN on the PROFINET IO The schematic diagram below illustrates the startup of the ET 200eco PN on the PROFINET IO:

Figure 5-1 Startup of the ET 200eco PN on the PROFINET IO

Page 80: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

ET 200eco PN 80 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Maintenance 6 6.1 Replacing the fuse

Introduction The terminal block is equipped with replaceable fuses.

The figure below shows the fuses in the terminal block.

Figure 6-1 Fuses in the terminal block

Requirements Switch off the supply voltage before you replace any fuses. Result: CPU stop of the ET 200eco PN.

Replacing a fuse of the terminal block 1. Remove the screws from the front panel of the terminal block using a crosstip

screwdriver.

2. Remove the top section.

3. Remove the faulty fuse.

4. Press the new fuse (miniature copper flat fuse, type FK1, 7.5 A, fast-blow) into the fuse holder. The fuse is available as accessory.

5. Connect the terminal block and tighten the screws.

6. Switch on the supply voltage again.

Page 81: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Maintenance 6.2 Online firmware update by means of STEP 7 Manager

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 81

6.2 Online firmware update by means of STEP 7 Manager

Introduction To update the firmware of the ET 200eco PN including its I/O devices, you require the *.UPD files containing the current firmware version.

Requirements An online firmware update can be performed as of STEP 7 V5.4 + SP2.

The I/O device of the station whose firmware is to be updated must be accessible online. The network card used must be set to "TCP/IP (Auto)" in the SIMATIC Manager under Options > Set PG/PC Interface.

The files containing the current firmware versions must be available in the file system of your programming device or PC. A folder must contain the files of one firmware version only.

Note

The I/O device must be reset to the factory setting before the firmware update is carried out when special port parameter assignments have been carried out.

Performing a firmware update 1. Start STEP 7.

2. In the SIMATIC Manager select PLC > Available stations.

3. Select the I/O device.

4. Select the menu command PLC > Update Firmware. I/O devices without NameOfStation (NoS) are displayed with their MAC address.

As of STEP 7 V5.4 SP5, Slot 0 must also be specified for the I/O devices. In previous versions of STEP 7 this setting is specified implicitly.

With the ET 200eco PN, you can use the IO-Link Master 6ES7148-6JA00-0AB0 to perform the update of functional units:

– Slot 0: PROFINET functional unit

– Slot 1: IO-Link functional unit

– Slot 2: 8 DI + 4 DQ functional unit

5. In the Update Firmware dialog, select the path to the firmware update files (*.UPD) using the "Browse" button.

6. After you have selected a file, the information in the bottom boxes of the "Update Firmware" dialog box indicates the I/O device for which the file is suitable and from which firmware version. If the firmware is to be loaded immediately after successful installation, select the check box "Activate firmware after download". If the check box is not selected, the firmware becomes active after the next Power Off/On.

7. Click "Run". The I/O device then automatically updates the firmware.

Page 82: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Maintenance 6.3 Acyclic data exchange with the IO-Link library

ET 200eco PN 82 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Result You have updated your ET 200eco PN device online with a new firmware version.

Starting with version V6.0.0, if the ET 200eco PN I/O device was reset to the factory settings before the firmware update, the port parameter assignments are transmitted and activated again as a result of the neighborhood detection after the first connection is established between the controller and the ET 200eco PN I/O device. In previous versions, the device name had to be reassigned by selecting PLC > Edit Ethernet Nodes ... .

Note

You can also update the firmware using HW Config. You can find additional information in the STEP 7 online help.

6.3 Acyclic data exchange with the IO-Link library

"IO_LINK_MASTER" and "IO_LINK_DEVICE" function blocks The "IO_LINK_MASTER" and "IO_LINK_DEVICE" function blocks for controllers of the S7-300, S7-400, S7-1200 and S7-1500 families are available for acyclic data exchange.

The function blocks support the following tasks:

Parameterization of an IO-Link device during operation

Executing IO-Link port functions

Diagnostics of IO-Link devices

Backing up/restoring IO-Link device parameters

Note "IO_LINK_MASTER" and "IO_LINK_DEVICE" function blocks

The "IO_LINK_MASTER" and "IO_LINK_DEVICE" function blocks replace the functions of the formerly available "IOL_CALL" block. The "IO_LINK_MASTER" function block is used for all functions and access to the IO-Link master, the "IO_LINK_Device" for all access t the IO-Link device.

Make sure that the "IO_LINK_Device" function block is used only for the configured submodules with 6ES7148-6JD00-0AB0 IO-Link Master.

Reference For an exact description of the procedure, refer to the IO-Link System functional manual on the Internet (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/65949252).

The IO-Link block library is available for download on the Internet (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/82981502).

You can find additional application examples for IO-Link block library on the Internet (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/90529409).

Page 83: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Maintenance 6.4 Exchange object

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 83

6.4 Exchange object

Exchange object With HW Config, the I/O devices are exchanged, for example, an 8-channel I/O device is replaced by a 16-channel I/O device. The following takes place:

With the "Exchange object" function, the device name, IP-address, etc. are taken over. The module/channel parameters are set to the "default" values.

Page 84: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

ET 200eco PN 84 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Interrupt, error, and system messages 7 7.1 Interrupts of ET 200eco PN

Introduction The IO Device generates interrupts as a reaction to specific error events. Interrupts are evaluated depending on the IO Controller used.

Evaluating interrupts using an IO Controller The ET 200eco PN supports the following interrupts:

Diagnostics interrupts

Maintenance interrupts

In the event of an interrupt, interrupt OBs are executed automatically in the CPU of the IO Controller (refer to the System Software for S7-300/400 System and Standard Functions (http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/1214574) Manual, chapter "Program design").

Information on the cause and class of the error is already available based on the OB number and start information.

You can obtain detailed information on the error event in the error OB by calling SFB 54 RALRM (read supplementary interrupt information).

Triggering diagnostics interrupts After having detected an incoming or outgoing event (e.g., wire break), the device triggers a diagnostic interrupt for "Group diagnostics", if enabled, and for "Diagnostics for the relevant channel".

The CPU interrupts the processing of the user program and processes the diagnostics block OB 82. The event which led to the triggering of the interrupt is entered in the start information of OB 82.

Page 85: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Interrupt, error, and system messages 7.2 Maintenance interrupts

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 85

7.2 Maintenance interrupts

Introduction The PROFINET interfaces of the ET 200eco PN support the diagnostics concept and maintenance concept in PROFINET as defined in IEC 61158-6-10. The objective is early detection and elimination of potential disturbances.

Maintenance interrupts The following maintenance interrupts are available for the ET 200eco PN:

Sync mismatch (no synchronization)

Jitter out of Boundary (jitter too high)

Frame dropped (frames are discarded)

I/O error (with IO-Link devices)

System alarms in STEP 7 The maintenance information is generated in STEP 7 with the following system alarms:

Maintenance required, identified by a yellow wrench icon at the relevant port.

See also For additional information, refer to the SIMATIC PROFINET system description (http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/19292127) System Manual and the Migration from PROFIBUS DP to PROFINET IO (http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/19289930) Programming Manual.

Page 86: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Interrupt, error, and system messages 7.3 Diagnostics by means of LED display

ET 200eco PN 86 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

7.3 Diagnostics by means of LED display

7.3.1 Diagnostics using the LED display on the I/O devices

LED display The figure below shows the position and arrangement of the LED display on the ET 200eco PN I/O devices:

① SF/MT: (red/yellow LED) ② BF: Bus monitoring (red LED) ③ ON: Electronic/sensor/load supply 1L+ non-switched (green LED) ④ DC 24V: Load voltage supply 2L+ switched (green LED), only for digital output device ⑤ P1 LK: Port1 Link (green LED) ⑥ P2 LK: Port2 Link (green LED) ⑦ Channel status, channel fault (green/red LED)

Page 87: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Interrupt, error, and system messages 7.3 Diagnostics by means of LED display

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 87

Status and error displays SF/MT, BF, ON

Table 7- 1 Status and error displays of the ET 200eco PN

LEDs Meaning Remedy SF/MT BF ON Off Off On IO Device is currently exchanging data with

the IO Controller without errors. The IO Device is supplied with power (electronic/sensor sup-ply).

---

Off Off Off Electronic/sensor voltage missing or too low at the I/O device.

Switch on the electronic/sensor/load supply for the IO Device.

Hardware fault. Replace the I/O device. * Flash-

ing On Faulty or no connect message frame - no data

exchange between the IO Controller and the distributed device (IO Device), although the device is physically connected to the switch. Causes: • Incorrect device name • Error in configuration • Parameterization errors

• Check the I/O device. • Check the configuration and parameter

settings. • Check the device name. • Check the IO Controller.

* On On • The IO Device is not connected to a switch.

• Connect to the IO Controller. • Assign a valid device name to the I/O de-

vice. • Check the bus installation. • Check whether the M12 cable connectors

are properly installed. • Check whether the bus cable to the IO

Controller is interrupted.

On (red)

* On Fault in peripheral circuit. Incoming diagnostics

Evaluate the diagnostics interrupt.

On (yel-low)

* * Maintenance alarm Analyze the maintenance alarm.

* irrelevant

Page 88: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Interrupt, error, and system messages 7.3 Diagnostics by means of LED display

ET 200eco PN 88 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Status display of the port LEDs

Table 7- 2 Status display of the port LEDs

LED Meaning Remedy P1 LK P2 LK Off Off No connection to the switch/IO Controller. Check the IE cable. On On Connection to switch/IO Controller. -

Status display DC 24V (only on I/O devices with digital outputs) The DC 24V LED is lit in green color to indicate that you have connected the 2L+ switched load voltage supply. If the LED is not lit, check whether power is switched, or whether the fuse is okay.

Page 89: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Interrupt, error, and system messages 7.3 Diagnostics by means of LED display

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 89

7.3.2 Diagnostics using LED display on the IO-Link masters

LED display IO-Link Master 4 IO-L + 8 DI + 4 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 (6ES7148-6JA00-0AB0) The figure below shows the position and arrangement of the LED display on the IO-Link Master 4 IO-L + 8 DI + 4 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12.

① SF/MT: (red/yellow LED) ② BF: Bus monitoring (red LED) ③ ON: Electronic/sensor/load supply 1L+ Non-Switched (green LED) ④ DC 24V: Load voltage supply 2L+ switched (green LED); digital output ⑤ P1 LK: Port1 Link (green LED) ⑥ P2 LK: Port2 Link (green LED) ⑦ IO-L: Status display / Communications OK (green LED) ⑧ Input: Channel status, channel fault (green/red LED) ⑨ Output: Channel status, channel fault (green/red LED)

Page 90: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Interrupt, error, and system messages 7.3 Diagnostics by means of LED display

ET 200eco PN 90 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Status display of the IO-L LEDs The following table displays the possible status displays of the IO-L LEDs.

Table 7- 3 Status display of the IO-L LEDs

LED Meaning IO-L On • DI/DQ operating mode:

Status when input or output is activated • IO-Link operating mode:

When communication is running.

flashes at 2 Hz • during startup or continuously if no operational IO-Link device as found.

LED display IO-Link Master 4 IO-L 4×M12 (6ES7148-6JD00-0AB0) The figure below shows the position and arrangement of the LED display on the IO-Link Master 4 IO-L 4×M12.

① SF/MT: (red/yellow LED) ② BF: Bus monitoring (red LED) ③ ON: Electronic/sensor/load supply 1L+ Non-Switched (green LED) ④ DC 24V: Load voltage supply 2L+ switched (green LED) ⑤ P1 LK: Port1 Link (green LED) ⑥ P2 LK: Port2 Link (green LED) ⑦ Q 1-4: Status indicator SIO mode (Green LED) ⑧ IO-L 1-4: Status display IO-Link communication / channel error (green/red LED)

Page 91: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Interrupt, error, and system messages 7.3 Diagnostics by means of LED display

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 91

LEDs Q1 to Q4 Valid for an IO-Link port that is in SIO mode.

Table 7- 4 Status displays of LEDs Q1 to Q4

LEDs Meaning Remedy Q1 to Q4 On Input or output value is 1. --- Off Input or output value is 0 or port is deactivated. ---

LEDs IO-L 1 to IO-L 4 Valid for an IO-Link port that is in IO-Link mode.

Table 7- 5 Status displays of LEDs IO-L 1 to IO-L 4

LEDs Meaning Remedy SF IO-L 1 to

IO-L 4 Off Flashes

(green) Flashes device Check the IO-Link device used.

On Flashes (green)

No IO-Link communication (for example, when you have activated the port but no available IO-Link device can be found.)

Check the wiring.

Off On (green) IO-Link communication established, no pending device error.

---

On On (red) IO-Link communication established, pend-ing device or channel error.

Check the IO-Link device used.

Off Off Port deactivated ---

Reference For status and error displays see section Diagnostics using the LED display on the I/O devices (Page 86).

Page 92: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Interrupt, error, and system messages 7.3 Diagnostics by means of LED display

ET 200eco PN 92 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

7.3.3 Diagnostics using the LED display at the voltage distributor

LED display The figure below shows the position and arrangement of the LED display on the voltage distributor.

① Loop-through 1L/2L (green LED) ② Infeed voltage (green LED)

Figure 7-1 LED display at voltage distributor

Table 7- 6 Status displays on the voltage distributor

LED Meaning 1L/2L Loop-through On Voltage applied Flashing Overload Off Short-circuit Infeed voltage On Voltage applied Off Voltage not applied

Page 93: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Interrupt, error, and system messages 7.4 Diagnostics messages of the I/O devices

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 93

7.4 Diagnostics messages of the I/O devices

Actions after a diagnostics message Every diagnostics message triggers the following actions:

The SF LED (red) of the I/O device lights up.

Several simultaneous diagnostics messages are possible.

Diagnostics data are reported as diagnostics interrupts and can be read from data records.

Diagnostics messages are saved to the diagnostics buffer of the I/O controller.

OB 82 is called. If there is no OB 82, the IO Controller goes to STOP.

Acknowledgment of the diagnostics interrupt to enable new interrupts.

7.5 Diagnostics with STEP 7

7.5.1 Reading diagnostics data

Options for reading the diagnostics data

Table 7- 7 Reading diagnostics data in STEP 7

Automation system with

IO Controller

Block or register in STEP 7

Application See ...

SIMATIC S7 For example in HW Config by selecting Station > Open Online

Device diagnostics in plain text on the STEP 7 inter-face (in the Quick View, Diagnostics View or Module Status windows)

"Hardware diagnostics" in the STEP 7 online help

SFB 52 "RDREC"

Reading data records from the IO Device

SFB, see STEP 7 online help (System func-tions/System function blocks)

SFB 54 "RALRM"

Receiving interrupts from the IO Device

SFB, see STEP 7 online help (System func-tions/System function blocks)

Page 94: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Interrupt, error, and system messages 7.5 Diagnostics with STEP 7

ET 200eco PN 94 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

7.5.2 Channel diagnostics

Additional information regarding the data records for PROFINET IO For information on the structure of diagnostics data records, including programming examples, refer to the Migration from PROFIBUS DP to PROFINET IO (http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/19289930) Programming Manual.

Structure of the manufacturer-specific diagnostics data records The structure of the diagnostics data records is differentiated based on the BlockVersion. The following block versions apply to the ET 200eco PN: ET 200eco PN Article number BlockVersion 8 DI DC 24V 4×M12 6ES7141-6BF00-0AB0 W#16#0101 8 DI DC 24V 8×M12 6ES7141-6BG00-0AB0 W#16#0101 16 DI DC 24V 8×M12 6ES7141-6BH00-0AB0 W#16#0101 8 DO DC 24V/1,3A 4×M12 6ES7142-6BF00-0AB0 W#16#0101 8 DO DC 24V/0,5A 4×M12 6ES7142-6BF50-0AB0 W#16#0101 8 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 6ES7142-6BG00-0AB0 W#16#0101 8 DO DC 24V/2,0A 8×M12 6ES7142-6BR00-0AB0 W#16#0101 16 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 6ES7142-6BH00-0AB0 W#16#0101 8 DIO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 6ES7147-6BG00-0AB0 W#16#0101 4 IO-L + 8 DI + 4 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 6ES7148-6JA00-0AB0 W#16#0101 4 IO-L 4×M12 6ES7148-6JD00-0AB0 W#16#0101 8 AI 4 U/I + 4 RTD/TC 8×M12 6ES7144-6KD00-0AB0 W#16#0101 8 AI RTD/TC 8×M12 6ES7144-6KD50-0AB0 W#16#0101 4 AO U/I 4×M12 6ES7145-6HD00-0AB0 W#16#0101

Manufacturer-specific diagnostics in the User Structure Identifier (USI) W#16#8000 channel diagnostics

W#16#8002 extended channel diagnostics

Page 95: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Interrupt, error, and system messages 7.5 Diagnostics with STEP 7

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 95

7.5.3 Error classes for I/O devices

Error classes and remedies The following tables show the error types for the I/O devices.

Error type for I/O devices, digital inputs/outputs, analog inputs/outputs

Table 7- 8 Overview Error types

Error class Error text Meaning Remedy 00001B 1D Short-circuit • Short-circuit to M at the sensor supply

line • Short-circuit at the output line • Load impedance too low

• Correct the process wiring • Check the sensor or actuator

00100B 4D Thermal over-load

• I/O device is overheating • Check the process wiring • Check the ambient temperature

00110B 6D Wire break • Signal line to a sensor or actuator interrupted

• Sensor or actuator failure • Load impedance too high

• Correct the process wiring • Replace the sensor or actuator • Use a sensor with lower impedance • Use an actuator with lower load im-

pedance

00111B 7D Violation of upper limit

• The value is above the overrange • Correct the I/O device to sensor tun-ing

• Modify measuring range by means of parameter assignment

01000B 8D Violation of lower limit

• Value is below the underrange • Correct the I/O device to sensor tun-ing

• Modify measuring range by means of parameter assignment

01001B 9D Error • Internal I/O device error has occurred (diagnostic message on channel 0 applies to the whole I/O device).

• Replacement of I/O device

10000B 16D Parameter as-signment errors

• I/O device is incorrectly parameter-ized

• Correct the parameter assignment

10001B 17D 1L+ or 2L+ is missing

• Supply voltages missing or too low • Load voltage supply missing or too

low

• Check the supply voltages • Check the load voltage supply • Correct the process wiring

10101B 21D Reference channel fault

• Measurement cable for compensation interrupted

• Data record DS2 incorrect • Timeout for "Dynamic ref. Temp."

• Correct the process wiring • Check the data record DS2. • Send DS2

Page 96: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Interrupt, error, and system messages 7.5 Diagnostics with STEP 7

ET 200eco PN 96 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Error classes for IO-Link Master (6ES7148-6JA00-0AB0), Slot 1

Table 7- 9 Overview Error types Slot 1

Error class Error text Meaning IO-Link Master

IO-Link Device

00001B 1D Short-circuit Short circuit at the process cables of the IO-Link device (0x5151)

X

00010B 2D Undervoltage Supply voltage too low (0x5110 to 0x5119) X 00100B 4D Overload Overload of the output stage of the IO-Link Devices (0x5410) X 00101B 5D Overtempera-

ture • Ambient temperature too high (0x4110) • IO-Link Device too hot (0x4210) • IO temperature exceeded (0x4310)

X

00110B 6D Wire break • No IO-Link Device connected • Incorrect IO-Link Device connected • Signal cable to IO-Link Device interrupted • Signal cable to IO-Link Device short-circuited • Short-circuit of supply voltage at sensor • IO-Link Device addressed with too short communication

cycle time • IO-Link Device cannot communicate due to another error

(0xFF10)

X

00111B 7D Overflow • Process variable range exceeded (0x8C10) • Measuring range exceeded (0x8C20)

X

01000B 8D Underflow Process variable range too small (0x8C30) X 01001B 9D Error All the IO-Link error codes not listed here will be mapped to

this PROFINET IO error. X

Hardware error at IO-Link Master detected X 10000B 16D Parameter as-

signment errors IO-Link Master could not be parameterized X Event code of the IO-Link Device (0x6230 to 0x6340) X

10010B 18D Fuse defective Event code of the IO-Link Device (0x5450 to 0x5459) X 11010B 26D External error IO-Link Device cannot be set to desired mode X

Page 97: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Interrupt, error, and system messages 7.5 Diagnostics with STEP 7

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 97

Errors types IO-Link Master (6ES7148-6JD00-0AB0) IO-Link devices diagnostics

The IO-Link master generates PROFINET channel diagnostics (CET, ECET) from the IO-Link events of an IO-Link devices according to the following mapping rules:

The IO-Link event codes of the area 0x0000 – 0x7FFFH are displayed directly in the "IO-Link Device Diagnostics - Page 1" (CET 0x9500H): ECETH = IO-Link Event CodeH

The IO-Link event codes of the area 0x8000 – 0xFFFFH are displayed directly in the "IO-Link Device Diagnostics - Page 2" (CET 0x9501H) via the following rule: ECETH = (IO-Link Event CodeH – 0x8000H)

Table 7- 10 Overview Error types IO-Link Device Diagnostics

IO-Link Event Code

Error type (CET)

Expanded error type (ECET)

Error text Meaning

0x0000 - 0x7FFFH

0x9500H (38144D)

0x0000 - 0x7FFFH (0 - 32767D)

Error / Warn-ing

See manual of the IO-Link devices or IODD file used.

0x8000 - 0xFFFFH

0x9501H (38134D)

0x0000 - 0x7FFFH (0 - 32767D)

Error / Warn-ing

See manual of the IO-Link devices or IODD file used.

Example of Display of IO-Link Event Codes:

An IO-Link device supports the event codes 0x4000H and 0x8CA0H. The channel diagnostics result from the event codes:

CET: 0x9500H, ECET: 0x4000H Diagnostic alarm "IO-Link Device Diagnostics - Page 1, Temperature fault - Overload", generates Event Code 0x4000H from the IO-Link.

CET: 0x9501H, ECET: 0xCA0H Diagnostic alarm "IO-Link Device Diagnostics - Page 2, Ambient light interference, generates Event Code 0x8CA0H from the IO-Link.

Page 98: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Interrupt, error, and system messages 7.5 Diagnostics with STEP 7

ET 200eco PN 98 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

IO-Link Port Diagnostics

The IO-Link master generates channel diagnostics for each port. The port-specific channel diagnostics are display in the port diagnostics (CET 0x9502H). The following table provides an overview of the possible diagnostics events and their meaning.

Table 7- 11 Overview Error types IO-Link Port Diagnostics

Error type (CET)

Expanded error type (ECET)

Error text Meaning

0x9502H (38136D)

0x1883H (6275D)

S7-PCT configuration errors

Wrong or inconsistent parameter assignment

0x1888H (6280D)

Module defective Replace module

0x7F22H (32546D)

Device not available Communication aborted

0x1801H

(6145D) Parameter assignment error during startup

Check the parameterization

0x1802H (6146D)

Wrong device Check device

0x1803H (6147D)

Nonconformance of pro-cess data

Check submodule configuration

0x1804H (6148D)

Short circuit at C/Q Check port connection

0x1805H (6149D)

IO-Link PHY overtempera-ture

0x1806H (6150D)

Short circuit at L+ Check port connection

0x1807H (6151D)

Undervoltage at L+ Check port connection

0x1808H (6152D)

Event overflow at device

0x1809H (6153D)

Backup failed Memory outside of the area 2k

0x180AH (6154D)

Backup inconsistent Data storage index not available

0x180BH (6155D)

Backup invalid Length of the data storage index is invalid

0x7F23H (32547D)

Backup invalid Nonconformance in identification of data storage

0x7F25H (32549D)

Backup invalid Access to data storage denied

0x180EH (6158D)

No P24 (Class B) or un-dervoltage

Check power supply (for example, 2L+)

0x180FH (6159D)

Short circuit at P24 (Class B)

Check port connection

0x6000H (24576D)

Invalid cycle time Check cycle time

Page 99: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Interrupt, error, and system messages 7.5 Diagnostics with STEP 7

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 99

Error type (CET)

Expanded error type (ECET)

Error text Meaning

0x6001H (24577D)

Revision error Incomplete protocol version

0x6002H (24578D)

Implausible device

See also For more information please refer to the STEP 7 online help and to the programming manual Migration from PROFIBUS DP to PROFINET IO (http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/19289930).

7.5.4 STOP of the IO Controller and recovery of the IO Device

Diagnostics events triggered after a STOP of the IO Controller Diagnostics frames received from the IO Device while the IO Controller is in STOP do not trigger the start of corresponding OBs after the restart of the IO Controller. You must explicitly read the diagnostics data from OB 100 to obtain an overview of the device state.

Diagnostics after recovery of the IO Device You must explicitly read data record E00CH by calling SFB 52 after recovery of an IO Device. This record contains all diagnostics data for the device slots assigned to an IO Controller

Page 100: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

ET 200eco PN 100 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

General technical data 8 8.1 Standards and certifications

Introduction The ET 200eco PN distributed I/O system satisfies the requirements and criteria of IEC 61131-2.

Note Information on the nameplate

You will find the currently valid labels and approvals on the type plate of the respective product.

PROFINET IO PROFINET IO is an open transmission protocol with real-time functionality defined in PROFINET.

CE marking

Our products fulfill the requirements and safety objectives of the following EU Directives and comply with the harmonized European standards (EN) published for programmable logic controllers in the official journals of the European Community:

2014/30/EU "Electromagnetic compatibility" (EMC Guidelines)

2014/34/EU "Equipment and protective systems for use in hazardous areas" (Explosion protection directive)

EU Directive 2011/65/EU "Restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic devices" (RoHS Directive)

The EC Declarations of Conformity are kept available for the responsible authorities at:

Siemens AG Sector Industry DF FA AS SYS Postfach 1963 D-92209 Amberg

These files are also available for download on the Customer Support Internet pages, under "Declaration of Conformity".

Page 101: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

General technical data 8.1 Standards and certifications

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 101

ATEX approval in accordance with EN 60079-15 (Electrical apparatus for potentially explosive atmospheres; Type of protection "n") EN 60079-0 (Electrical apparatus for potentially explosive gas atmospheres - Part 0: General Requirements) and EN 60079-31 (Equipment dust ignition protection by enclosure "t")

For additional information, please refer to the Using the ET 200eco PN in hazardous area Zone 2 / Zone 22 Product Information (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/80484830).

RCM (C-Tick) Declaration of conformity for Australia/New Zealand

The ET 200eco PN distributed I/O system fulfills the requirements of the standard EN 61000-6-4 Generic standards - Emission standard for industrial environments.

Korea Certificate KCC-REM-S49-ET200

Note that this device corresponds to limit class A in terms of the emission of radio frequency interference. This device can be used in all areas, except residential areas.

이 기기는 업무용(A급) 전자파 적합기기로서 판매자 또는 사용자는 이 점을 주의하시기 바라며 가정 외의 지역에서 사용하는 것을 목적으로 합니다.

Marking for the Eurasian Customs Union

EAC (Eurasian Conformity)

Customs Union of Russia, Belarus and Kazakhstan

Declaration of conformity with the technical requirements of the Customs Union (TR CU).

Page 102: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

General technical data 8.1 Standards and certifications

ET 200eco PN 102 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

cULus approval

Underwriters Laboratories Inc. in accordance with

UL 508 (Industrial Control Equipment)

UL50 Enclosure Type 4X, indoor use only, watertight

CSA C22.2 No. 142 (Process Control Equipment)

Note

Class 2 power supply unit

The components must be supplied with a class 2 power supply unit.

Industrial applications The ET 200eco PN distributed I/O system is designed for operation in industrial environments. It conforms to the following standards:

Requirements for emissions EN 61000-6-4: 2007 + A1: 2011

Requirements for immunity EN 61000-6-2: 2005

Usage in mixed-use zone

Under certain circumstances, you can use the ET 200eco PN distributed I/O system in a mixed-use zone. A mixed-use zone is used for housing and commercial operations that do not have a significant impact on residents.

When you use the ET 200eco PN distributed I/O system in a mixed-use zone, you must ensure that the limits of the generic standard EN 61000-6-3 regarding emission of radio frequency interference are observed. Suitable measures for achieving these limits for use in a mixed-use zone include:

Installation of the ET 200eco PN distributed I/O system in grounded control cabinets / boxes.

Use of noise filters in the supply lines

Individual acceptance is required.

Usage in residential area

Note ET 200eco PN distributed I/O system not intended for use in residential area

The ET 200eco PN distributed I/O system is not intended for use in residential areas. Operation of the ET 200eco PN distributed I/O system in residential areas can have a negative influence on radio or TV reception.

Page 103: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

General technical data 8.2 EMC compatibility, shipping and storage conditions

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 103

Marine approval Classification authorities:

ABS (American Bureau of Shipping)

BV (Bureau Veritas)

CCS (China Classification Society)

DNVGL (Det Norske Veritas / Germanischer LIoyd)

KR (Korean Register of Shipping)

LRS (Lloyds Register of Shipping)

Class NK (Nippon Kaiji Kyokai)

8.2 EMC compatibility, shipping and storage conditions

Definition Electromagnetic compatibility is the ability of an electrical device to function in its electromagnetic environment in a satisfactory manner without affecting this environment.

The ET 200eco PN distributed I/O device also meets the requirements of the EMC law of the European Single Market. Prerequisite is compliance of the electrical configuration of the ET 200eco PN distributed I/O device with specifications and directives.

Pulse-shaped disturbances The table below shows the electromagnetic compatibility of the ET 200eco PN distributed I/O device with respect to pulse-shaped disturbances.

Pulse-shaped disturbance Test voltage corresponds with degree of severity

Electrostatic discharge to IEC 61000-4-2

8 kV 6 kV

3 (air discharge) 2 (contact discharge)

Burst pulses (high-speed transi-ent disturbances) according to IEC 61000-4-4.

2 kV (power supply line) 2 kV (signal line)

3 3

High-energy single pulse (surge) according to IEC 61000-4-5 *

3 • Asymmetric coupling • Symmetric coupling

2 kV (power supply line) 2 kV (signal / data line) 1 kV (power supply line) 1 kV (signal / data line)

* On DC 24 V supply only with protective element

Page 104: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

General technical data 8.3 Mechanical and climatic environmental conditions

ET 200eco PN 104 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Sinusoidal disturbance variables The table below shows the electromagnetic compatibility of the ET 200eco PN distributed I/O device with respect to sinusoidal disturbances.

HF radiation according to IEC 61000-4-3 Electromagnetic HF field

HF coupling according to IEC 61000-4-6

Amplitude modulated 80 to 1000 MHz; 1.4 to 2 GHz 0.15 MHz to 80 MHz 10 V/m 80% AM (1 kHz) 10 Vrms unmodulated 2 to 2.7 GHz 80 % AM (1 kHz) 1 V/m at 80 % AM (1 kHz) 150 Ω source impedance

Emission of radio interference Interference emission of electromagnetic fields in accordance with EN 61000-4-6: (measured at a distance of 10 m). Frequency Noise emission 30 MHz to 230 MHz < 40 dB (µV/m)Q 230 MHz to 1000 MHz <47 dB (µV/m) Q

Shipping and storage conditions The ET 200eco PN distributed I/O device surpasses the requirements according to IEC 61131-2 for transport and storage conditions. The following information applies to modules transported or stored in their original packaging. Type of condition Permissible range Free fall ≤ 0.3 m Temperature from -40 °C to +70 °C Temperature change 20 K/h Air pressure From 1140 hPa to 660 hPa

(corresponds with an altitude of -1000 m to 3500 m)

Relative humidity From 5% to 95%, without condensation

Page 105: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

General technical data 8.3 Mechanical and climatic environmental conditions

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 105

8.3 Mechanical and climatic environmental conditions

Climatic environmental conditions Applicable climatic environmental conditions:

Environmental conditions Fields of application Remarks Temperature from 0 °C to 55 °C All mounting positions Temperature change 10 K/h - Relative humidity 5 % to max. 100 % With condensation Air pressure From 1140 hPa to 795 hPa Corresponds to an altitude of -1000 m

to 2000 m Pollutant concentration ANSI/ISA-71.04 severity level G1; G2;

G3 -

Operating temperature range for the devices The following devices can be used in different temperature ranges (indoor use only):

Designation Article number Fields of application From product

version -25 °C to 55 °C

-25 °C to 60 °C

-40 °C to 60 °C

8 DI DC 24V 4×M12 6ES7141-6BF00-0AB0 X X 1 X X X 4

8 DI DC 24V 8×M12 6ES7141-6BG00-0AB0 X X 1 X X X 4

16 DI DC 24V 8×M12 6ES7141-6BH00-0AB0 X X 1 X X X 4

8 DO DC 24V/1,3A 4×M12 6ES7142-6BF00-0AB0 X X 1 X X X 4

8 DO DC 24V/0,5A 4×M12 6ES7142-6BF50-0AB0 X X 1 X X X 4

8 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 6ES7142-6BG00-0AB0 X X 1 X X X 4

8 DO DC 24V/2,0A 8×M12 6ES7142-6BR00-0AB0 X X 1 X X X 4

16 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 6ES7142-6BH00-0AB0 X X 1 X X X 4

8 DIO DC 24 V/1,3A 8×M12 6ES7147-6BG00-0AB0 X X 1 X X X 4

8 AI 4 U/I + 4 RTD/TC 8×M12 6ES7144-6KD00-0AB0 X X 1 X X X 4

8 AI RTD/TC 8×M12 6ES7144-6KD50-0AB0 X X X 1

Page 106: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

General technical data 8.3 Mechanical and climatic environmental conditions

ET 200eco PN 106 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Designation Article number Fields of application From product version -25 °C to

55 °C -25 °C to 60 °C

-40 °C to 60 °C

4 AO U/I 4×M12 6ES7145-6HD00-0AB0 X X 1 X X X 4

4 IO-L + 8 DI + 4 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 6ES7148-6JA00-0AB0 X X 1 4 IO-L 4×M12 6ES7148-6JD00-0AB0 X X X 1 PD DC 24V 1×7/8" 4×M12 6ES7148-6CB00-0AA0 X 1 Terminal block 6ES7194-6CA00-0AA0 X 1 Mounting rail 6ES7194-6GA00-0AA0 X X X 1

Mechanical environmental conditions The table below shows the mechanical environmental conditions in the form of sinusoidal oscillation.

Devices Frequency band Continuous Tested at ... Without mounting rail 10 ≤ f ≤ 58 Hz 1.5 mm amplitude 3 mm amplitude

58 ≤ f ≤ 150 Hz 20 g constant acceleration 40 g constant acceleration With mounting rail 5 ≤ f ≤ 8 Hz 15 mm amplitude -

8 ≤ f ≤ 150 Hz 5 g constant acceleration 10 g constant acceleration

Compatibility test, mechanical environmental conditions The table below provides information about the type and scope of the tests of mechanical environmental conditions.

Test ... Test standard Terminal and I/O devices Vibration Vibration test accord-

ing to IEC 60068-2-6 Without mounting rail With mounting rail

Type of vibration: Frequency sweeps at a rate of change of 1 octave/minute. 10 Hz ≤ f ≤ 58 Hz, constant amplitude 3 mm 58 Hz ≤ f ≤ 150 Hz, constant acceleration 40 g 5 Hz ≤ f ≤ 12 Hz, constant amplitude 15 mm 12 Hz ≤ f ≤ 150 Hz, constant acceleration 10 g Duration of vibration: 10 frequency sweeps per axis in each of three perpendicular axes

Shock Shock, tested in accordance with IEC 60068-2-27

Type of shock: Half-sine Shock intensity: 30 g peak value, 18 ms duration Direction of shock: 3 shocks in each +/- direction at each of the three verti-cally aligned axes

Continuous shock Shock, tested in accordance with IEC 60068-29

Type of shock: Half-sine Shock intensity: 25 g peak value, 6 ms duration Direction of shock: 1000 shocks in each +/- direction at each of the three vertically aligned axes

Page 107: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

General technical data 8.3 Mechanical and climatic environmental conditions

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 107

Extended environmental conditions for outdoor use The table below provides information about the type and scope of the tests for extended environmental conditions for outdoor use.

Test ... Test standard Conditions/Comments Salt spray IEC 60068-2-52 Severity level 1 for products used at sea or close to the ocean:

4 cycles each with: • 2 h with 5 % NaCl at 35 °C • 7 days at 40 °C/93 % rel. humidity

UV resistance Chamber with glass: Sun test CPS plus Fa. Atlas Duration: 12 weeks • Irradiance (E): 550 W/m² • Black standard temperature (BST): 55 °C

Condensation changing climate

DIN EN ISO 6270-2 Condensation climate with alternating humidity and air temperature (AHT): 84 cycles each with: • 8 h at 40 °C +3 °C with 100% relative humidity (condensation) • 16 h at 18 °C to 28 °C with 100% relative humidity

Thermal shock test IEC 60068-2-14 Na Temperature: -40 °C/+125 °C Duration: 500 cycles (500 h) Device is switched off

Hot storage IEC 60068-2-2 Bb Temperature: 100 °C Duration: 1 year

Devices for operating range of extended environmental conditions in outdoor use The following devices can be used for extended environmental conditions in outdoor use:

Designation Article number From product version 8 DI DC 24V 4×M12 6ES7141-6BF00-0AB0 4 8 DI DC 24V 8×M12 6ES7141-6BG00-0AB0 4 16 DI DC 24V 8×M12 6ES7141-6BH00-0AB0 4 8 DO DC 24V/1,3A 4×M12 6ES7142-6BF00-0AB0 4 8 DO DC 24V/0,5A 4×M12 6ES7142-6BF50-0AB0 4 8 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 6ES7142-6BG00-0AB0 4 8 DO DC 24V/2,0A 8×M12 6ES7142-6BR00-0AB0 4 16 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 6ES7142-6BH00-0AB0 4 8 DIO DC 24 V/1,3A 8×M12 6ES7147-6BG00-0AB0 4 8 AI 4 U/I + 4 RTD/TC 8×M12 6ES7144-6KD00-0AB0 4 8 AI RTD/TC 8×M12 6ES5144-6KD50-0AB0 1 4 AO U/I 4×M12 6ES7145-6HD00-0AB0 4

Page 108: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

General technical data 8.4 Specification of dielectric tests, protection class, degree of protection, and rated voltage of ET 200eco PN

ET 200eco PN 108 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

8.4 Specification of dielectric tests, protection class, degree of protection, and rated voltage of ET 200eco PN

Insulation The insulation is designed in accordance with the requirements of EN 61131-2: 2007.

Note

In the case of modules with supply voltage 24 V DC (SELV/PELV) electrical isolation with DC 707 V (type test) are tested.

Degree of protection IP65 Degree of protection according to IEC 60529:

Protection against the ingress of dust and full touch protection

Water projected by a nozzle against the enclosure from any direction shall have no harmful effect.

Degree of protection IP66 and IP67 Degree of protection according to IEC 60529:

Protection against the ingress of dust and full touch protection

IP66: Protection against water from heavy seas or water projected in powerful jets (water must not enter the enclosure in harmful quantities)

IP67: Protection against water when enclosure is immersed at specified pressures over a specified time period (water must not enter the enclosure in any harmful amount)

Rated voltage for operation The ET 200eco PN distributed I/O device operates with the following rated voltage and corresponding tolerances. Rated voltage Tolerance range DC 24 V 20.4 to 28.8 V DC

Page 109: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

General technical data 8.5 Safety-relevant symbols for the ET 200eco PN distributed I/O system

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 109

8.5 Safety-relevant symbols for the ET 200eco PN distributed I/O system

The following table contains a declaration of the systems than can be located on the modules of the ET 200ecoPN distributed I/O system, on their packaging or on the accompanying documentation.

Symbol Meaning

General warning sign Caution/Notice You must read the product documentation. The product documentation contains information about the type of potential hazard and enables you to recognize risks and implement countermeasures.

The assigned safety symbols apply to devices with Ex approval. You must read the product documentation. The product documentation contains information about the type of potential hazard and enables you to recognize risks and implement countermeasures.

Read the information provided by the product documentation. ISO 7010 M002

Ensure the device is only installed by an electrically skilled person. IEC 60417 No. 6182

Note that connected mains lines must be designed according to the expected minimum and maximum ambient temperature.

Note that the device must be constructed and connected in accordance with EMC regulations.

Note that a 230 V device can be exposed to electrical voltages which can be dan-gerous. ANSI Z535.2

Note that a device of Protection Class III must only be supplied with a protective low voltage according to the standard SELV/PELV. IEC 60417-1-5180 "Class III equipment"

If you use the ET 200ecoPN in accordance with the UL standard, take into ac-count that the device is only approved for industrial field and only for the interior.

Page 110: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

ET 200eco PN 110 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs 9 9.1 I/O device digital inputs

9.1.1 I/O device 8 DI DC 24 V 4xM12

Article number 6ES7141-6BF00-0AB0

Properties The 8 DI DC 24V 4×M12 I/O device has the following properties:

8 digital inputs

Dimensions 30 x 200 mm, dual assignment of the sockets

Rated input voltage DC 24 V

Suitable for switches and proximity switches

Diagnostics

– "Missing 1L+" for the I/O device

– "Short-circuit to M at sensor supply", per channel group

– "Wire break", per channel

Prioritized startup

Media redundancy

Page 111: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs 9.1 I/O device digital inputs

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 111

Pin assignment of the DI sockets The table below shows the pin assignment of the four sockets for connecting the digital inputs

Table 9- 1 Pin assignment of the digital input sockets X1 to X4

Pin Assignment View of socket (front view) Socket X1 Socket X2 Socket X3 Socket X4

1 24 V sensor supply 1US(derived from 1L+ non-switched)

2 Input signal DI4 DI5 DI6 DI7

3 Sensor supply ground 1M 4 Input signal

DI0 DI1 DI2 DI3 5 Functional earth FE

Block diagram The block diagram below shows the 8 DI DC 24V 4×M12 I/O device.

Figure 9-1 Block diagram of the 8 DI DC 24V 4×M12 I/O device

Page 112: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs 9.1 I/O device digital inputs

ET 200eco PN 112 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Technical data of the 8 DI DC 24V 4×M12 I/O device Technical data Dimensions and weight Dimensions W x H x D (mm) 30 x 200 x 49 Weight Approx. 550 g Module-specific data Transmission rate 100 Mbps full duplex Transmission mode 100BASE-TX Autonegotiation Yes Bus protocol PROFINET IO

• IRT with the option "high flexibility" • IRT with the option "high performance"

Supported Ethernet services PROFINET IO (Device) • ping • arp • LLDP • Network diagnostics (SNMP) • DCP • Prioritized startup • Media redundancy

PROFINET interface

• Connection socket 2 x M12 d-coded

• Switch function Yes, internal

• Auto-crossover Yes, if autonegotiation is enabled

Manufacturer ID (Vendor ID) 002AH Device ID (DeviceID) 0306H Voltages and currents Supply voltage 1L+ DC 24 V

• Reverse polarity protection Yes; against destruction

• Infeed current 1L+ Max. 4 A

Supply voltage 2L+ DC 24 V

• Infeed current 2L+ Max. 4 A

Current consumption From supply voltage (1L+) Typ. 100 mA Power loss of the device Typ. 5.5 W Digital inputs Number of inputs 8 Number of inputs that can be controlled simulta-neously

8, in all mounting positions

Page 113: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs 9.1 I/O device digital inputs

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 113

Technical data Insulation Insulation test voltage

• Ethernet interface 1500 Vrms (IEEE802.3, Type Test)

• All other circuit elements 707 V DC (type test)

Electrical isolation

• Between 1L+ and 2L+ Yes

• Between 1L+, channels and all other circuit elements

No

• Between channels No

• Between Ethernet and all other circuit ele-ments

Yes

Status, interrupts, diagnostics Interrupts Yes Diagnostics function Yes

• Group error/maintenance Red/yellow "SF/MT" LED

• Bus monitoring PROFINET IO Red "BF" LED

• Monitoring of supply voltage 1L+ Green "ON" LED

• Existing connection to network Green "P1 LK" and "P2 LK" LED; LED for PROFINET IO infeed and loop-through

• Digital input Green LED

• Fault at digital input Red LED

• Diagnostic information can be read Yes

Monitoring for

• Short-circuit Yes, per channel group

• Wire break Input current < 0.3 mA, per channel

• Missing sensor supply Yes

Sensor supply Number of sensor supplies 4 Load current 100 mA per output Short-circuit protection Yes, electronic

Page 114: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs 9.1 I/O device digital inputs

ET 200eco PN 114 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Technical data Sensor selection data Cable length, shielded Max. 30 m Cable length, unshielded Max. 30 m Input voltage

• Nominal value DC 24 V

• For signal "1" 11 to 30 V

• For signal "0" -3 to +5 V

Input current

• At signal "1" Typ. 7 mA

Input delay

• At "0" to "1" Typ. 3 ms

• At "1" to "0" Typ. 3 ms

Input characteristic According to IEC 61131, Type 3 Connection of 2-wire proximity switches Supported

• Permitted quiescent current Max. 1.5 mA

9.1.2 I/O device 8 DI DC 24 V 8xM12

Article number 6ES7141-6BG00-0AB0

Properties The 8 DI DC 24V 8×M12 I/O device has the following properties:

8 digital inputs

Dimensions 60 x 175 mm, single assignment of the sockets

Rated input voltage DC 24 V

Suitable for switches and proximity switches

Diagnostics

– "Missing 1L+" for the I/O device

– "Short-circuit to M at sensor supply" per channel

– "Wire break", per channel

Prioritized startup

Media redundancy

Page 115: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs 9.1 I/O device digital inputs

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 115

Pin assignment of the sockets The table below shows the pin assignment of the eight sockets for connecting the digital inputs.

Table 9- 2 Pin assignment of sockets X1 to X8 for digital inputs

Pin Assignment View of socket (front view) Socket X1 Socket X2 Socket X3 Socket X4 Socket X5 Socket X6 Socket X7 Socket X8

1 24 V sensor supply 1US(derived from 1L+ non-switched)

2 Not used 3 Sensor supply ground 1M 4 Input signal

DI0 DI1 DI2 DI3 DI4 DI5 DI6 DI7 5 Functional earth FE

Block diagram The block diagram below shows the 8 DI DC 24V 8×M12 I/O device.

Figure 9-2 Block diagram of the 8 DI DC 24V 8×M12 I/O device

Page 116: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs 9.1 I/O device digital inputs

ET 200eco PN 116 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Technical data of the 8 DI DC 24V 8×M12 I/O device Technical data Dimensions and weight Dimensions W x H x D (mm) 60 x 175 x 49 Weight Approx. 910 g Module-specific data Transmission rate 100 Mbps full duplex Transmission mode 100BASE-TX Autonegotiation Yes Bus protocol PROFINET IO

• IRT with the option "high flexibility" • IRT with the option "high performance"

Supported Ethernet services PROFINET IO (Device) • ping • arp • LLDP • Network diagnostics (SNMP) • DCP • Prioritized startup • Media redundancy

PROFINET interface

• Connection socket 2 x M12 d-coded

• Switch function Yes, internal

• Auto-crossover Yes, if autonegotiation is enabled

Manufacturer ID (Vendor ID) 002AH Device ID (DeviceID) 0306H Voltages and currents Supply voltage 1L+ DC 24 V

• Reverse polarity protection Yes; against destruction

• Infeed current 1L+ Max. 4 A

Supply voltage 2L+ DC 24 V

• Infeed current 2L+ Max. 4 A

Current consumption From supply voltage (1L+) Typ. 100 mA From supply voltage (2L+) 0 mA Power loss of the device 4.5 W, typical Digital inputs Number of inputs 8 Number of inputs that can be controlled simulta-neously

8, in all mounting positions

Page 117: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs 9.1 I/O device digital inputs

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 117

Technical data Insulation Insulation test voltage

• Ethernet interface 1500 Vrms (IEEE802.3, Type Test)

• All other circuit elements 707 V DC (type test)

Electrical isolation

• Between 1L+ and 2L+ Yes

• Between 1L+, channels and all other circuit elements

No

• Between channels No

• Between Ethernet and all other circuit ele-ments

Yes

Status, interrupts, diagnostics Interrupts Yes Diagnostics function Yes

• Group error/maintenance Red/yellow "SF/MT" LED

• Bus monitoring PROFINET IO Red "BF" LED

• Monitoring of supply voltage 1L+ Green "ON" LED

• Existing connection to network Green "P1 LK" and "P2 LK" LED; LED for PROFINET IO infeed and loop-through

• Digital input Green LED

• Fault at digital input Red LED

• Diagnostic information can be read Yes

Monitoring for

• Short-circuit Yes, per channel

• Wire break Input current < 0.3 mA, per channel

• Missing sensor supply Yes

Sensor supply Number of sensor supplies 8 Load current 100 mA per output Short-circuit protection Yes, electronic

Page 118: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs 9.1 I/O device digital inputs

ET 200eco PN 118 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Technical data Sensor selection data Cable length, shielded Max. 30 m Cable length, unshielded Max. 30 m Input voltage

• Nominal value DC 24 V

• For signal "1" 11 to 30 V

• For signal "0" -3 to +5 V

Input current

• At signal "1" Typ. 7 mA

Input delay

• At "0" to "1" Typ. 3 ms

• At "1" to "0" Typ. 3 ms

Input characteristic According to IEC 61131, Type 3 Connection of 2-wire proximity switches Supported

• Permitted quiescent current Max. 1.5 mA

9.1.3 I/O device 16 DI DC 24 V 8xM12

Article number 6ES7141-6BH00-0AB0

Properties The 16 DI DC 24V 8×M12 I/O device has the following properties:

16 digital inputs

Dimensions 60 x 175 mm, dual assignment of the sockets

Rated input voltage DC 24 V

Suitable for switches and proximity switches

Diagnostics

– "Missing 1L+" for the I/O device

– "Short-circuit to M at sensor supply", per channel group

– "Wire break", per channel

Prioritized startup

Media redundancy

Page 119: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs 9.1 I/O device digital inputs

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 119

Pin assignment of the sockets The table below shows the pin assignment of the eight sockets for connecting the digital inputs.

Table 9- 3 Pin assignment of sockets X1 to X8 for digital inputs

Pin Assignment View of socket (front view) Socket X1 Socket X2 Socket X3 Socket X4 Socket X5 Socket X6 Socket X7 Socket X8

1 24 V sensor supply 1US(derived from 1L+ non-switched)

2 Input signal DI8 DI9 DI10 DI11 DI12 DI13 DI14 DI15

3 Sensor supply ground 1M 4 Input signal

DI0 DI1 DI2 DI3 DI4 DI5 DI6 DI7 5 Functional earth FE

Block diagram The block diagram below shows the 16 DI DC 24V 8×M12 I/O device.

Figure 9-3 Block diagram of the 16 DI DC 24V 8×M12 I/O device

Page 120: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs 9.1 I/O device digital inputs

ET 200eco PN 120 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Technical data of the 16 DI DC 24V 8×M12 I/O device Technical data Dimensions and weight Dimensions W x H x D (mm) 60 x 175 x 49 Weight Approx. 910 g Module-specific data Transmission rate 100 Mbps full duplex Transmission mode 100BASE-TX Autonegotiation Yes Bus protocol PROFINET IO

• IRT with the option "high flexibility" • IRT with the option "high performance"

Supported Ethernet services PROFINET IO (Device) • ping • arp • LLDP • Network diagnostics (SNMP) • DCP • Prioritized startup • Media redundancy

PROFINET interface

• Connection socket 2 x M12 d-coded

• Switch function Yes, internal

• Auto-crossover Yes, if autonegotiation is enabled

Manufacturer ID (Vendor ID) 002AH Device ID (DeviceID) 0306H Voltages and currents Supply voltage 1L+ DC 24 V

• Reverse polarity protection Yes; against destruction

• Infeed current 1L+ Max. 4 A

Supply voltage 2L+ DC 24 V

• Infeed current 2L+ Max. 4 A

Current consumption From supply voltage (1L+) Typ. 100 mA From supply voltage (2L+) 0 mA Power loss of the device 6.5 W, typical Digital inputs Number of inputs 16 Number of inputs that can be controlled simulta-neously

16 at all mounting positions

Page 121: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs 9.1 I/O device digital inputs

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 121

Technical data Insulation Insulation test voltage

• Ethernet interface 1500 Vrms (IEEE802.3, Type Test)

• All other circuit elements 707 V DC (type test)

Electrical isolation

• Between 1L+ and 2L+ Yes

• Between 1L+, channels and all other circuit elements

No

• Between channels No

• Between Ethernet and all other circuit ele-ments

Yes

Status, interrupts, diagnostics Interrupts Yes Diagnostics function Yes

• Group error/maintenance Red/yellow "SF/MT" LED

• Bus monitoring PROFINET IO Red "BF" LED

• Monitoring of supply voltage 1L+ Green "ON" LED

• Existing connection to network Green "P1 LK" and "P2 LK" LED; LED for PROFINET IO infeed and loop-through

• Digital input Green LED

• Fault at digital input Red LED

• Diagnostic information can be read Yes

Monitoring for

• Short-circuit Yes, per channel group

• Wire break Input current < 0.3 mA, per channel

• Missing sensor supply Yes

Sensor supply Number of sensor supplies 8 Load current 100 mA per output Short-circuit protection Yes, electronic

Page 122: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs 9.1 I/O device digital inputs

ET 200eco PN 122 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Technical data Sensor selection data Cable length, shielded Max. 30 m Cable length, unshielded Max. 30 m Input voltage

• Nominal value DC 24 V

• For signal "1" 11 to 30 V

• For signal "0" -3 to +5 V

Input current

• At signal "1" Typ. 7 mA

Input delay

• At "0" to "1" Typ. 3 ms

• At "1" to "0" Typ. 3 ms

Input characteristic According to IEC 61131, Type 3 Connection of 2-wire proximity switches Supported

• Permitted quiescent current Max. 1.5 mA

9.1.4 Parameter overview digital inputs

Parameters for 8 DI DC 24V 4×M12 (6ES7141-6BF00-0AB0) and for 8 DI DC 24V 8×M12 (6ES7141-6BG00-0AB0) Parameter Range of values Default setting Range of effectiveness Group diagnostics • Disable

• Enable

Disable Device

Diagnostics: Missing 1L+ • Disable • Enable

Disable Device

Diagnostics: Wire break at inputs 0 to 7 (channels 0 to 7)

• Disable • Enable

Disable Channel

Diagnostics: Short-circuit to M, inputs 0,4/1,5/2,6/3,7 (channels 0,4/1,5/2,6/3,7)

• Disable • Enable

Disable Channel group

Page 123: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs 9.2 I/O device digital outputs

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 123

Parameters for 16 DI DC 24V 8×M12 (6ES7141-6BH00-0AB0) Parameter Range of values Default setting Range of effectiveness Group diagnostics • Disable

• Enable

Disable Device

Diagnostics: Missing 1L+ • Disable • Enable

Disable Device

Diagnostics: Wire break at inputs 0 to 15 (channels 0 to 15)

• Disable • Enable

Disable Channel

Diagnostics: Short-circuit to M, inputs 0,8/1,9/2,10/3,11/4,12/5,13/6,14/7,15 (channels 0,8/1,9/2,10/3,11/4,12/5,13/6,14/7,15)

• Disable • Enable

Disable Channel group

9.2 I/O device digital outputs

9.2.1 I/O device 8 DO DC 24 V/1.3A 4xM12

Article number 6ES7142-6BF00-0AB0

Properties The 8 DO DC 24V/1,3A 4×M12 I/O device has the following properties:

8 digital outputs

Dimensions 30 x 200 mm, dual assignment of the sockets

Output current: 1.3 A per output

Rated load voltage DC 24 V

Suitable for solenoid valves, DC contactors, and indicator lights

Diagnostics

– "Missing 1L+ or 2L+" for the I/O device

– "Wire break at outputs" per channel

– "Short-circuit to M at outputs" per channel

Parameterizable response to CPU/Master STOP

Prioritized startup

Media redundancy

Page 124: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs 9.2 I/O device digital outputs

ET 200eco PN 124 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Pin assignment of the sockets for digital outputs The table below shows the pin assignment of the four sockets for connecting digital outputs.

Table 9- 4 Pin assignment of sockets X1 to X4 for digital outputs

Pin Assignment View of socket (front view) Socket X1 Socket X2 Socket X3 Socket X4

24 V (1L+ non-switched) 24 V (2L+ switched) 1 Not used

2 Output signal DQ4 DQ5 DQ6 DQ7

3 Ground 1M Ground 2M 4 Output signal

DQ0 DQ1 DQ2 DQ3 5 Functional earth FE

Page 125: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs 9.2 I/O device digital outputs

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 125

Block diagram The block diagram below shows the 8 DO DC 24V/1,3A 4×M12 I/O device.

Figure 9-4 Block diagram of the 8 DO DC 24V/1,3A 4×M12 I/O device

Page 126: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs 9.2 I/O device digital outputs

ET 200eco PN 126 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Technical data of the 8 DO DC 24V/1,3A 4×M12 I/O device Technical data Dimensions and weight Dimensions W x H x D (mm) 30 x 200 x 49 Weight Approx. 550 g Module-specific data Transmission rate 100 Mbps full duplex Transmission mode 100BASE-TX Autonegotiation Yes Bus protocol PROFINET IO

• IRT with the option "high flexibility" • IRT with the option "high performance"

Supported Ethernet services PROFINET IO (Device) • ping • arp • LLDP • Network diagnostics (SNMP) • DCP • Prioritized startup • Media redundancy

PROFINET interface

• Connection socket 2 x M12 d-coded

• Switch function Yes, internal

• Auto-crossover Yes, if autonegotiation is enabled

Manufacturer ID (Vendor ID) 002AH Device ID (DeviceID) 0306H Voltages and currents Supply voltage 1L+ DC 24 V

• Reverse polarity protection Yes, against destruction, loads are activated

• Infeed current 1L+ Max. 4 A

Supply voltage 2L+ DC 24 V

• Reverse polarity protection Yes, against destruction, loads are activated

• Infeed current 2L+ Max. 4 A

Total current of the outputs *

• All mounting positions to 55°C 3.9 A per 1L+ and 2L+

• All mounting positions to 60°C 2.6 A per 1L+ and 2L+

Current consumption From supply voltage (1L+) Typ. 100 mA Power loss of the device Typ. 5.5 W

Page 127: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs 9.2 I/O device digital outputs

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 127

Technical data Digital outputs Number of outputs 8 Insulation Insulation test voltage

• Ethernet interface 1500 Vrms (IEEE802.3, Type Test)

• All other circuit elements 707 V DC (type test)

Electrical isolation

• Between 1L+ and 2L+ Yes

• Between 1L+, channels and all other circuit elements

No

• Between channels No

• Between Ethernet and all other circuit ele-ments

Yes

Status, interrupts, diagnostics Interrupts Yes Diagnostics function Yes

• Group error/maintenance Red/yellow "SF/MT" LED

• Bus monitoring PROFINET IO Red "BF" LED

• Monitoring of supply voltage 1L+ Green "ON" LED

• Monitoring of supply voltage 2L+ Green "DC24V" LED

• Existing connection to network Green "P1 LK" and "P2 LK" LED; LED for PROFINET IO infeed and loop-through

• Digital output Green LED

• Fault at digital output Red LED

• Diagnostic information can be read Yes

Monitoring for

• Short-circuit Yes

• Wire break Yes, in the off state, per channel

• Failure of 1L+ and 2L+ Yes

Page 128: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs 9.2 I/O device digital outputs

ET 200eco PN 128 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Technical data Actuator selection data Cable length, shielded Max. 30 m Cable length, unshielded Max. 30 m Output voltage

• Nominal value DC 24 V

• For signal "1" Min. 1L+/2L+ (-0.8 V)

Output current

• At signal "1" Max. 1.3 A

• For "0" signal (residual current) Max. 1.5 mA

Load resistance range 22 Ω to 3.3 kΩ Lamp load Max. 5 W Parallel wiring of two outputs

• To increase performance No

• For redundant control of a load Supported

Controlling of a digital input Yes Switching frequency

• With resistive load Max. 100 Hz

• With inductive load Max. 0.5 Hz

• With lamp load Max. 1 Hz

Limiting of the inductive shutdown voltage to lamp load

Typ. 1L+/2L+ (-47 V)

Short-circuit protection of the output Yes, electronic

• Response threshold Typ. 1.8 A (per channel)

* Make allowances for the maximum total current when configuring the module.

Page 129: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs 9.2 I/O device digital outputs

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 129

9.2.2 I/O device 8 DO DC 24 V/0.5A 4xM12

Article number 6ES7142-6BF50-0AB0

Properties The 8 DO DC 24V/0,5A 4×M12 I/O device has the following properties:

8 digital outputs

Dimensions 30 x 200 mm, dual assignment of the sockets

Output current: 0.5 A per output

Rated load voltage DC 24 V

Suitable for solenoid valves, DC contactors, and indicator lights

Diagnostics

– "Missing 1L+ or 2L+" for the I/O device

– "Wire break at outputs" per channel

– "Short-circuit to M at outputs" per channel

Parameterizable response to CPU/Master STOP

Prioritized startup

Media redundancy

Pin assignment of the sockets The table below shows the pin assignment of the four sockets for connecting digital outputs.

Table 9- 5 Pin assignment of sockets X1 to X4 for digital outputs

Pin Assignment View of socket (front view) Socket X1 Socket X2 Socket X3 Socket X4

1 Not used

2 Output signal DQ4 DQ5 DQ6 DQ7

3 Ground 2M 4 Output signal

DQ0 DQ1 DQ2 DQ3 5 Functional earth FE

Page 130: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs 9.2 I/O device digital outputs

ET 200eco PN 130 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Block diagram The block diagram below shows the 8 DO DC 24V/0,5A 4×M12 I/O device.

Figure 9-5 Block diagram of the 8 DO DC 24V/0,5 A 4×M12 I/O device

Technical data of the 8 DO DC 24V/0,5A 4×M12 I/O device Technical data Dimensions and weight Dimensions W x H x D (mm) 30 x 200 x 49 Weight Approx. 550 g Module-specific data Transmission rate 100 Mbps full duplex Transmission mode 100BASE-TX Autonegotiation Yes Bus protocol PROFINET IO

• IRT with the option "high flexibility" • IRT with the option "high performance"

Page 131: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs 9.2 I/O device digital outputs

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 131

Technical data Supported Ethernet services PROFINET IO (Device)

• ping • arp • LLDP • Network diagnostics (SNMP) • DCP • Prioritized startup • Media redundancy

PROFINET interface

• Connection socket 2 x M12

• Switch function Yes, internal

• Auto-crossover Yes, if autonegotiation is enabled

Manufacturer ID (Vendor ID) 002AH Device ID (DeviceID) 0306H Voltages and currents Supply voltage 1L+ DC 24 V

• Reverse polarity protection Yes, against destruction, loads are activated

• Infeed current 1L+ Max. 4 A

Supply voltage 2L+ DC 24 V

• Reverse polarity protection Yes, against destruction, loads are activated

• Infeed current 2L+ Max. 4 A

Total current of the outputs

• All mounting positions to 60°C Max. 4 A (only 2L+)

Electrical isolation

• Between 1L+ and 2L+ Yes

• Between 1L+, channels and all other circuit elements

No

• Between channels No

• Between Ethernet and all other circuit ele-ments

Yes

Insulation Insulation test voltage

• Ethernet interface 1500 Vrms (IEEE802.3, Type Test)

• All other circuit elements 707 V DC (type test)

Current consumption

• From supply voltage (1L+) Typ. 100 mA

• From supply voltage (2L+) Typ. 5 mA

Page 132: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs 9.2 I/O device digital outputs

ET 200eco PN 132 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Technical data Power loss of the device Typ. 3 W Digital outputs Number of outputs 8 Status, interrupts, diagnostics Interrupts Yes Diagnostics function Yes

• Group error/maintenance Red/yellow "SF/MT" LED

• Bus monitoring PROFINET IO Red "BF" LED

• Monitoring of supply voltage 1L+ Green "ON" LED

• Monitoring of supply voltage 2L+ Green "DC24V" LED

• Existing connection to network Green LED "P1 LK" and "P2 LK";

• Digital output Green LED

• Fault at digital output Red LED

• Diagnostic information can be read Yes

Monitoring for

• Failures of 2L+ Yes

• Short-circuit Yes

• Wire break Yes, in the off state, per channel

Actuator selection data Cable length, shielded Max. 30 m Cable length, unshielded Max. 30 m Output voltage

• Nominal value DC 24 V

• For signal "1" Min. 1L+/2L+ (-0.8 V)

Output current

• At signal "1" 0.5 A

• For "0" signal (residual current) Max. 1.5 mA

Load resistance range 48 Ω to 3.3 kΩ Lamp load Max. 5 W Parallel wiring of two outputs

• To increase performance No

• For redundant control of a load Supported

Control of a digital input Yes Switching frequency

• With resistive load Max. 100 Hz

• With inductive load Max. 0.5 Hz

Page 133: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs 9.2 I/O device digital outputs

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 133

Technical data • With lamp load Max. 1 Hz

Limiting of the inductive shutdown voltage to lamp load

Typ. 1L+/2L+ (-47 V)

Short-circuit protection of the output Yes, electronic

• Response threshold Typ. 0.7 A (per channel)

9.2.3 I/O device 8 DO DC 24 V/1.3A 8xM12

Article number 6ES7142-6BG00-0AB0

Properties The 8 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 I/O device has the following properties:

8 digital outputs

Dimensions 60 x 175 mm, single assignment of the sockets

Output current: 1.3 A per output

Rated load voltage DC 24 V

Suitable for solenoid valves, DC contactors, and indicator lights

Diagnostics

– "Missing 1L+ or 2L+" for the I/O device

– "Wire break at outputs" per channel

– "Short-circuit to M at outputs" per channel

Parameterizable response to CPU/Master STOP

Prioritized startup

Media redundancy

Page 134: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs 9.2 I/O device digital outputs

ET 200eco PN 134 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Pin assignment of the sockets The table below shows the pin assignment of the eight sockets for connecting digital outputs.

Table 9- 6 Pin assignment of sockets X1 to X8 for digital outputs

Pin Assignment View of socket (front view) Socket X1 Socket X2 Socket X3 Socket X4 Socket X5 Socket X6 Socket X7 Socket X8

24 V (1L+ non-switched) 24 V (2L+ switched) 1 Not used

2 Not used 3 Ground 1M Ground 2M 4 Output signal

DQ0 DQ1 DQ2 DQ3 DQ4 DQ5 DQ6 DQ7 5 Functional earth FE

Page 135: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs 9.2 I/O device digital outputs

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 135

Block diagram The block diagram below shows the 8 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 I/O device.

Figure 9-6 Block diagram of the 8 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 I/O device

Page 136: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs 9.2 I/O device digital outputs

ET 200eco PN 136 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Technical data of the 8 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 I/O device Technical data Dimensions and weight Dimensions W x H x D (mm) 60 x 175 x 49 Weight Approx. 910 g Module-specific data Transmission rate 100 Mbps full duplex Transmission mode 100BASE-TX Autonegotiation Yes Bus protocol PROFINET IO

• IRT with the option "high flexibility" • IRT with the option "high performance"

Supported Ethernet services PROFINET IO (Device) • ping • arp • LLDP • Network diagnostics (SNMP) • DCP • Prioritized startup • Media redundancy

PROFINET interface

• Connection socket 2 x M12 d-coded

• Switch function Yes, internal

• Auto-crossover Yes, if autonegotiation is enabled

Manufacturer ID (Vendor ID) 002AH Device ID (DeviceID) 0306H Voltages and currents Supply voltage 1L+ DC 24 V

• Reverse polarity protection Yes, against destruction, loads are activated

• Infeed current 1L+ Max. 4 A

Supply voltage 2L+ DC 24 V

• Reverse polarity protection Yes, against destruction, loads are activated

• Infeed current 2L+ Max. 4 A

Total current of the outputs *

• All mounting positions to 60°C Max. 3.9 A per 1L+ and 2L+

Current consumption From supply voltage (1L+) Typ. 100 mA From supply voltage (2L+) Typ. 5 mA Power loss of the device Typ. 5.5 W

Page 137: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs 9.2 I/O device digital outputs

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 137

Technical data Digital outputs Number of outputs 8 Insulation Insulation test voltage

• Ethernet interface 1500 Vrms (IEEE802.3, Type Test)

• All other circuit elements 707 V DC (type test)

Electrical isolation

• Between 1L+ and 2L+ Yes

• Between 1L+, channels and all other circuit elements

No

• Between channels No

• Between Ethernet and all other circuit ele-ments

Yes

Status, interrupts, diagnostics Interrupts Yes Diagnostics function Yes

• Group error/maintenance Red/yellow "SF/MT" LED

• Bus monitoring PROFINET IO Red "BF" LED

• Monitoring of supply voltage 1L+ Green "ON" LED

• Monitoring of supply voltage 2L+ Green "DC24V" LED

• Existing connection to network Green "P1 LK" and "P2 LK" LED; LED for PROFINET IO infeed and loop-through

• Digital output Green LED

• Fault at digital output Red LED

• Diagnostic information can be read Yes

Monitoring for

• Failure of 1L+ and 2L+ Yes

• Short-circuit Yes, per channel

• Wire break Yes, in the off state, per channel

Page 138: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs 9.2 I/O device digital outputs

ET 200eco PN 138 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Technical data Actuator selection data Cable length, shielded Max. 30 m Cable length, unshielded Max. 30 m Output voltage

• Nominal value DC 24 V

• For signal "1" Min. 1L+/2L+ (-0.8 V)

Output current

• At signal "1" Max. 1.3 A

• For "0" signal (residual current) Max. 1.5 mA

Load resistance range 22 Ω to 3.3 kΩ Lamp load Max. 5 W Parallel wiring of two outputs

• To increase performance No

• For redundant control of a load Supported

Control of a digital input Yes Switching frequency

• With resistive load Max. 100 Hz

• With inductive load Max. 0.5 Hz

• With lamp load Max. 1 Hz

Limiting of the inductive shutdown voltage to lamp load

Typ. 1L+/2L+ (-47 V)

Short-circuit protection of the output Yes, electronic

• Response threshold Typ. 1.8 A (per channel)

* Make allowances for the maximum total current when configuring the module.

Page 139: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs 9.2 I/O device digital outputs

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 139

9.2.4 I/O device 8 DO DC 24V/2.0A 8xM12

Article number 6ES7142-6BR00-0AB0

Properties The 8 DO DC 24V/2,0A 8×M12 I/O device has the following properties:

8 digital outputs

Dimensions 60 x 175 mm, single assignment of the sockets

Output current: 2.0 A per output

Rated load voltage DC 24 V

Suitable for solenoid valves, DC contactors, and indicator lights

Diagnostics

– "Missing 1L+ or 2L+" for the I/O device

– "Wire break at outputs" per channel

– "Short-circuit to M at outputs" per channel

Parameterizable response to CPU/Master STOP

Prioritized startup

Media redundancy

Pin assignment of the sockets The table below shows the pin assignment of the eight sockets for connecting digital outputs.

Table 9- 7 Pin assignment of sockets X1 to X8 for digital outputs

Pin Assignment View of socket (front view) Socket X1 Socket X2 Socket X3 Socket X4 Socket X5 Socket X6 Socket X7 Socket X8

24 V (1L+ non-switched) 24 V (2L+ switched) 1 Not used

2 Not used 3 Ground 1M Ground 2M 4 Output signal

DQ0 DQ1 DQ2 DQ3 DQ4 DQ5 DQ6 DQ7 5 Functional earth FE

Page 140: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs 9.2 I/O device digital outputs

ET 200eco PN 140 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Block diagram The block diagram below shows the 8 DO DC 24V/2,0A 8×M12 I/O device.

Figure 9-7 Block diagram of the 8 DO DC 24V/2,0A 8×M12 I/O device

Technical data of the 8 DO DC 24V/2,0A 8×M12 I/O device Technical data Dimensions and weight Dimensions W x H x D (mm) 60 x 175 x 49 Weight Approx. 910 g Module-specific data Transmission rate 100 Mbps full duplex Transmission mode 100BASE-TX Autonegotiation Yes Bus protocol PROFINET IO

• IRT with the option "high flexibility" • IRT with the option "high performance"

Page 141: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs 9.2 I/O device digital outputs

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 141

Technical data Supported Ethernet services PROFINET IO (Device)

• ping • arp • LLDP • Network diagnostics (SNMP) • DCP • Prioritized startup • Media redundancy

PROFINET interface

• Connection socket 2 x M12 d-coded

• Switch function Yes, internal

• Auto-crossover Yes, if autonegotiation is enabled

Manufacturer ID (Vendor ID) 002AH Device ID (DeviceID) 0306H Voltages and currents Supply voltage 1L+ DC 24 V

• Reverse polarity protection Yes, against destruction, loads are activated

• Infeed current 1L+ Max. 4 A

Supply voltage 2L+ DC 24 V

• Reverse polarity protection Yes, against destruction, loads are activated

• Infeed current 2L+ Max. 4 A

Total current of the outputs *

• All mounting positions to 60°C Max. 3.9 A 1L+ and max. 4 A 2L+

Current consumption From supply voltage (1L+) Typ. 100 mA From supply voltage (2L+) Typ. 5 mA Power loss of the device Typ. 5 W Digital outputs Number of outputs 8 Insulation Insulation test voltage

• Ethernet interface 1500 Vrms (IEEE802.3, Type Test)

• All other circuit elements 707 V DC (type test)

Page 142: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs 9.2 I/O device digital outputs

ET 200eco PN 142 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Technical data Electrical isolation

• Between 1L+ and 2L+ Yes

• Between 1L+, channels and all other circuit elements

No

• Between channels No

• Between Ethernet and all other circuit ele-ments

Yes

Status, interrupts, diagnostics Interrupts Yes Diagnostics function Yes

• Group error/maintenance Red/yellow "SF/MT" LED

• Bus monitoring PROFINET IO Red "BF" LED

• Monitoring of supply voltage 1L+ Green "ON" LED

• Monitoring of supply voltage 2L+ Green "DC24V" LED

• Existing connection to network Green "P1 LK" and "P2 LK" LED; LED for PROFINET IO infeed and loop-through

• Digital output Green LED

• Fault at digital output Red LED

• Diagnostic information can be read Yes

Monitoring for

• Failure of 1L+ and 2L+ Yes

• Short-circuit Yes, per channel

• Wire break Yes, in the off state, per channel

Actuator selection data Cable length, shielded Max. 30 m Cable length, unshielded Max. 30 m Output voltage

• Nominal value DC 24 V

• For signal "1" Min. 1L+/2L+ (-0.8 V)

Output current

• At signal "1" 2.0 A

• For "0" signal (residual current) Max. 1.5 mA

Load resistance range 12 Ω to 3.3 kΩ Lamp load Max. 10 W Parallel wiring of two outputs

• To increase performance No

• For redundant control of a load Supported

Page 143: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs 9.2 I/O device digital outputs

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 143

Technical data Control of a digital input Yes Switching frequency

• With resistive load Max. 100 Hz

• With inductive load Max. 0.5 Hz

• With lamp load Max. 1 Hz

Limiting of the inductive shutdown voltage to lamp load

Typ. 1L+/2L+ (-47 V)

Short-circuit protection of the output Yes, electronic

• Response threshold Typ. 2.8 A (per channel)

* Make allowances for the maximum total current when configuring the module.

9.2.5 I/O device 16 DO DC 24 V/1.3A 8xM12

Article number 6ES7142-6BH00-0AB0

Properties The 16 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 I/O device has the following properties:

16 digital outputs

Dimensions 60 x 175 mm, dual assignment of the sockets

Output current: 1.3 A per output

Rated load voltage DC 24 V

Suitable for solenoid valves, DC contactors, and indicator lights

Diagnostics

– "Missing 1L+ and 2L+" for the I/O device

– "Wire break at outputs" per channel

– "Short-circuit to M at outputs" per channel

Parameterizable response to CPU/Master STOP

Prioritized startup

Media redundancy

Page 144: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs 9.2 I/O device digital outputs

ET 200eco PN 144 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Pin assignment of the sockets The table below shows the pin assignment of the eight sockets for connecting digital outputs.

Table 9- 8 Pin assignment of sockets X1 to X8 for digital outputs

Pin Assignment View of socket (front view) Socket X1 Socket X2 Socket X3 Socket X4 Socket X5 Socket X6 Socket X7 Socket X8

24 V (1L+ non-switched) 24 V (2L+ switched) 1 Not used

2 Output signal DQ8 DQ9 DQ10 DQ11 DQ12 DQ13 DQ14 DQ15

3 Ground 1M Ground 2M 4 Output signal

DQ0 DQ1 DQ2 DQ3 DQ4 DQ5 DQ6 DQ7 5 Functional earth FE

Page 145: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs 9.2 I/O device digital outputs

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 145

Block diagram The block diagram below shows the 16 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 I/O device.

Figure 9-8 Block diagram of the 16 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 I/O device

Technical data of the 16 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 I/O device Technical data Dimensions and weight Dimensions W x H x D (mm) 60 x 175 x 49 Weight Approx. 910 g Module-specific data Transmission rate 100 Mbps full duplex Transmission mode 100BASE-TX Autonegotiation Yes Bus protocol PROFINET IO

• IRT with the option "high flexibility" • IRT with the option "high performance"

Page 146: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs 9.2 I/O device digital outputs

ET 200eco PN 146 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Technical data Supported Ethernet services PROFINET IO (Device)

• ping • arp • LLDP • Network diagnostics (SNMP) • DCP • Prioritized startup • Media redundancy

PROFINET interface

• Connection socket 2 x M12 d-coded

• Switch function Yes, internal

• Auto-crossover Yes, if autonegotiation is enabled

Manufacturer ID (Vendor ID) 002AH Device ID (DeviceID) 0306H Voltages and currents Supply voltage 1L+ DC 24 V

• Reverse polarity protection Yes, against destruction, loads are activated

• Infeed current 1L+ Max. 4 A

Supply voltage 2L+ DC 24 V

• Reverse polarity protection Yes, against destruction, loads are activated

• Infeed current 2L+ Max. 4 A

Total current of the outputs *

• All mounting positions to 60°C Max. 3.9 A per 1L+ and 2L+

Current consumption From supply voltage (1L+) Typ. 100 mA From supply voltage (2L+) Typ. 5 mA Power loss of the device Typ. 5.5 W Digital outputs Number of outputs 16 Insulation Insulation test voltage

• Ethernet interface 1500 Vrms (IEEE802.3, Type Test)

• All other circuit elements 707 V DC (type test)

Page 147: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs 9.2 I/O device digital outputs

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 147

Technical data Electrical isolation

• Between 1L+ and 2L+ Yes

• Between 1L+, channels and all other circuit elements

No

• Between channels No

• Between Ethernet and all other circuit ele-ments

Yes

Status, interrupts, diagnostics Interrupts Yes Diagnostics function Yes

• Group error/maintenance Red/yellow "SF/MT" LED

• Bus monitoring PROFINET IO Red "BF" LED

• Monitoring of supply voltage 1L+ Green "ON" LED

• Monitoring of supply voltage 2L+ Green "DC24V" LED

• Existing connection to network Green "P1 LK" and "P2 LK" LED; LED for PROFINET IO infeed and loop-through

• Digital output Green LED

• Fault at digital output Red LED

• Diagnostic information can be read Yes

Monitoring for

• Failure of 1L+ and 2L+ Yes

• Short-circuit Yes, per channel

• Wire break Yes, in the off state, per channel

Actuator selection data Cable length, shielded Max. 30 m Cable length, unshielded Max. 30 m Output voltage

• Nominal value DC 24 V

• For signal "1" Min. 1L+/2L+ (-0.8 V)

Output current

• At signal "1" Max. 1.3 A

• For "0" signal (residual current) Max. 1.5 mA

Load resistance range 22 Ω to 3.3 kΩ Lamp load Max. 5 W Parallel wiring of two outputs

• To increase performance No

• For redundant control of a load Supported

Page 148: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs 9.2 I/O device digital outputs

ET 200eco PN 148 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Technical data Control of a digital input Yes Switching frequency

• With resistive load Max. 100 Hz

• With inductive load Max. 0.5 Hz

• With lamp load Max. 1 Hz

Limiting of the inductive shutdown voltage to lamp load

Typ. 1L+/2L+ (-47 V)

Short-circuit protection of the output Yes, electronic

• Response threshold Typ. 1.8 A (per channel)

* Make allowances for the maximum total current when configuring the module.

9.2.6 Parameter overview digital outputs

Parameters for 8 DO DC 24V/1,3A 4×M12 (6ES7142-6BF00-0AB0)

8 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 (6ES7142-6BG00-0AB0)

8 DO DC 24V/2,0A 8×M12 (6ES7142-6BR00-0AB0)

Parameter Range of values Default setting Range of effectiveness Group diagnostics • Disable

• Enable

Disable Device

Diagnostics: Missing 1L+ or 2L+ • Disable • Enable

Disable Channel group

Response to CPU/Master STOP • Shut down • Retain last value

Shut down Device

Diagnostics: Wire break at outputs 0 to 7 (channels 0 to 7)

• Disable • Enable

Disable Channel

Diagnostics: Short circuit to M, outputs 0 to 7 (channels 0 to 7)

• Disable • Enable

Disable Channel

Page 149: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs 9.2 I/O device digital outputs

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 149

Parameters for 8 DO DC 24V/0,5A 4×M12 (6ES7142-6BF50-0AB0) Parameter Range of values Default setting Range of effectiveness Group diagnostics • Disable

• Enable

Disable Device

Diagnostics: Missing 2L+ • Disable • Enable

Disable Device

Response to CPU/Master STOP • Shut down • Retain last value

Shut down Device

Diagnostics: Wire break at outputs 0 to 7 (channels 0 to 7)

• Disable • Enable

Disable Channel

Diagnostics: Short circuit to M, outputs 0 to 7 (channels 0 to 7)

• Disable • Enable

Disable Channel

Parameters for 16 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 (6ES7142-6BH00-0AB0) Parameter Range of values Default setting Range of effectiveness Group diagnostics • Disable

• Enable

Disable Device

Diagnostics: Missing 1L+ or 2L+ • Disable • Enable

Disable Channel group

Response to CPU/Master STOP • Shut down • Retain last value

Shut down Device

Diagnostics: Wire break at outputs 0 to 15 (channels 0 to 15)

• Disable • Enable

Disable Channel

Diagnostics: Short circuit to M, outputs 0 to 15 (channels 0 to 15)

• Disable • Enable

Disable Channel

Page 150: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs 9.3 I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs

ET 200eco PN 150 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

9.3 I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs

9.3.1 I/O device 8 DIO DC 24V/1.3A 8xM12

Article number 6ES7147-6BG00-0AB0

Properties The 8 DIO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 I/O device has the following properties:

8 freely parameterizable digital inputs/outputs

Prioritized startup

Media redundancy

Dimensions 60 x 175 mm, single assignment of the sockets

Digital inputs

– Rated input voltage DC 24 V

– Suitable for switches and proximity switches

– Diagnostics

"Missing 1L+ or 2L+" for the I/O device

"Short-circuit to M at sensor supply", per channel group

"Wire break", per channel

Digital outputs

– Rated load voltage DC 24 V

– Output current: 1.3 A per output

– Suitable for solenoid valves, DC contactors, and indicator lights

– Diagnostics

"Missing 1L+ or 2L+" for the I/O device

"Wire break at outputs" per channel

"Short-circuit to M at outputs" per channel

– Parameterizable response to CPU/Master STOP for I/O device

Page 151: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs 9.3 I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 151

Pin assignment of the DIO sockets The table below shows the pin assignment of the eight sockets for connecting digital inputs and digital outputs.

Table 9- 9 Pin assignment of sockets X1 to X8 for digital inputs/digital outputs

Pin Assignment View of socket (front view) Socket X1 Socket X2 Socket X3 Socket X4 Socket X5 Socket X6 Socket X7 Socket X8

1 24 V sensor supply 1US (derived from 1L+ non-switched)

24 V sensor supply 2US (derived from 2L+ switched)

2 Not used 3 Supply ground 1M Supply ground 2M 4 Input/output signal

DIQ0 DIQ1 DIQ2 DIQ3 DIQ4 DIQ5 DIQ6 DIQ7 5 Functional earth FE

Block diagram The block diagram below shows the 8 DIO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 I/O device.

Figure 9-9 Block diagram of the 8 DIO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 I/O device

Page 152: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs 9.3 I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs

ET 200eco PN 152 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Technical data of the 8 DIO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 I/O device Technical data Dimensions and weight Dimensions W x H x D (mm) 60 x 175 x 49 Weight Approx. 910 g Module-specific data Transmission rate 100 Mbps full duplex Transmission mode 100BASE-TX Autonegotiation Yes Bus protocol PROFINET IO

• IRT with the option "high flexibility" • IRT with the option "high performance"

Supported Ethernet services PROFINET IO (Device) • ping • arp • LLDP • Network diagnostics (SNMP) • DCP • Prioritized startup • Media redundancy

PROFINET interface

• Connection socket 2 x M12 d-coded

• Switch function Yes, internal

• Auto-crossover Yes, if autonegotiation is enabled

Manufacturer ID (Vendor ID) 002AH Device ID (DeviceID) 0306H Voltages and currents Supply voltage 1L+ DC 24 V

• Reverse polarity protection Yes, against destruction, loads are activated

• Infeed current 1L+ Max. 4 A

Supply voltage 2L+ DC 24 V

• Reverse polarity protection Yes, against destruction, loads are activated

• Infeed current 2L+ Max. 4 A

Page 153: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs 9.3 I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 153

Technical data Current consumption From supply voltage (1L+) Typ. 100 mA (no digital output activated) From supply voltage (2L+) Typ. 5 mA (no digital output activated) Power loss of the device type 4.5 W (if all channels are set as digital input)

type 6.5 W (if all channels are set as digital out-put)

Total current of the outputs

• All mounting positions to 60°C Max. 3.9 A per 1L+ and 2L+

Digital inputs/digital outputs Number of configurable inputs/outputs 8 Number of inputs that can be controlled simulta-neously

8, in all mounting positions

Insulation Insulation test voltage

• Ethernet interface 1500 Vrms (IEEE802.3, Type Test)

• All other circuit elements 707 V DC (type test)

Electrical isolation

• Between 1L+ and 2L+ Yes

• Between 1L+, channels and all other circuit elements

No

• Between channels No

• Between Ethernet and all other circuit ele-ments

Yes

Status, interrupts, diagnostics Interrupts Yes Diagnostics function Yes

• Group error/maintenance Red/yellow "SF/MT" LED

• Bus monitoring PROFINET IO Red "BF" LED

• Monitoring of supply voltage 1L+ Green "ON" LED

• Existing connection to network Green "P1 LK" and "P2 LK" LED; LED for PROFINET IO infeed and loop-through

• Digital input Green LED

• Fault at digital input Red LED

• Digital output Green LED

• Fault at digital output Red LED

• Diagnostic information can be read Yes

Page 154: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs 9.3 I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs

ET 200eco PN 154 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Technical data Monitoring for

• Failure of 1L+ and 2L+ Yes

• Sensor supply short-circuit Yes, per channel

• Digital output short-circuit Yes, per channel

• Digital input wire break Yes, input current < 0.3 mA, per channel

• Digital output wire break Yes, in the off state, per channel

Sensor supply Number of sensor supplies 8, 4×1L+ and 4×2L+

Note: The sensor supply is only available when the corresponding channel is parameterized as an "Input".

Load current 100 mA per output Short-circuit protection Yes, electronic Sensor selection data Cable length, shielded Max. 30 m Cable length, unshielded Max. 30 m Input voltage

• Nominal value 24 V DC

• For signal "1" 11 to 30 V

• For signal "0" -3 to +5 V

Input current

• At signal "1" Typ. 7 mA

Input delay

• At "0" to "1" Typ. 3 ms

• At "1" to "0" Typ. 3 ms

Input characteristic According to IEC 61131, Type 3 Connection of 2-wire proximity switches Supported

• Permitted quiescent current Max. 1.5 mA

Actuator selection data Cable length, shielded Max. 30 m Cable length, unshielded Max. 30 m Output voltage

• Nominal value 24 V DC

• For signal "1" Min. 1L+/2L+ (-0.8 V)

Output current

• At signal "1" Max. 1.3 A

• For "0" signal (residual current) Max. 1.5 mA

Load resistance range 22 Ω to 3.3 kΩ

Page 155: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs 9.3 I/O device digital inputs/digital outputs

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 155

Technical data Lamp load Max. 5 W Parallel wiring of two outputs

• To increase performance No

• For redundant control of a load Supported

Control of a digital input Yes Switching frequency

• With resistive load Max. 100 Hz

• With inductive load Max. 0.5 Hz

• With lamp load Max. 1 Hz

Limiting of the inductive shutdown voltage to lamp load

Typ. 1L+/2L+ (-47 V)

Short-circuit protection of the output Yes, electronic

• Response threshold Typ. 1.8 A (per channel)

9.3.2 Parameter overview digital inputs/digital outputs

Parameters for 8 DIO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 (6ES7147-6BG00-0AB0) Parameters Range of values Default setting Range of effectiveness Group diagnostics • Disable

• Enable

Disable Device

Diagnostics: Missing 1L+ or 2L+ • Disable • Enable

Disable Channel group

Diagnostics: Wire break at inputs 0 to 7 (channels 0 to 7)

• Disable • Enable

Disable Channel

Diagnostics: Short-circuit to M, inputs 0 to 7

• Disable • Enable

Disable Channel

Response to CPU/Master STOP • Shut down • Retain last value

Shut down Device

Diagnostics: Wire break outputs 0 to 7 • Disable • Enable

Disable Channel

Diagnostics: Short-circuit to M, outputs 0 to 7

• Disable • Enable

Disable Channel

Freely parameterizable • Digital input • Digital output

Digital input Channel

Page 156: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

ET 200eco PN 156 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

I/O device analog input/analog output 10 10.1 I/O device analog input

10.1.1 I/O device 8 AI 4 U/I + 4 RTD/TC 8xM12

Article number 6ES7144-6KD00-0AB0

Properties 4 inputs for voltage and current measurement (2-wire and 4-wire transducers)

4 inputs for resistance (2-/3-/4-wire transducer), thermal resistor (2-/3-/4-conductor connection system), thermocouple or ±80 mV

Input ranges:

– ±10 V, resolution 15 bits + sign

– ±80 mV, resolution 15 bps + sign

– 0 to 10 V, resolution 15 bits

– 1 to 5 V, resolution 15 bits

– ±20 mA, resolution 15 bits + sign

– 0 to 20 mA, resolution 15 bps + sign

– 4 to 20 mA, resolution 15 bits

– 150, 300, 600, 3000 Ω, resolution 15 bps

– Ni100, Ni1000, Ni120, Ni200, Ni500, Pt100, Pt1000, Pt200, Pt500, resolution 15 bps + sign

– E, J, K, N, resolution 15 bps + sign

Dimensions 60 x 175 mm

Diagnostics

– "Missing L1+" supply voltage

– "Sensor supply short-circuit"

– "Wire break"

– "Underflow"

– "Overflow"

Page 157: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.1 I/O device analog input

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 157

Permitted common-mode voltage AC 10VPP

Prioritized startup

Media redundancy

Note

During startup

As long as no parameters are assigned for the I/O device, the I/O device supplies the process values 0x7FFF.

Pin assignment The tables below show the pin assignment for the 8 AI 4 U/I + 4 RTD/TC 8×M12 I/O device.

Table 10- 1 Pin assignment for voltage and current for the 8 AI 4 U/I + 4 RTD/TC 8×M12 I/O device

Pin Assignment for U/I View of socket (front view) Socket X1

(Channel 0) Socket X3

(Channel 1) Socket X5

(Channel 2) Socket X7

(Channel 3) 1 24 V sensor supply 1US(derived from 1L+ non-switched)

2 Input signal M0+ M1+ M2+ M3+

3 Sensor supply ground 1M 4 Input signal

M0- M1- M2- M3- 5 Functional earth FE

Page 158: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.1 I/O device analog input

ET 200eco PN 158 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Table 10- 2 Pin assignment for RTD for the 8 AI 4 U/I + 4 RTD/TC 8×M12 I/O device

Pin Assignment for RTD View of socket (front view) Socket X2

(Channel 4) Socket X4

(Channel 5) Socket X6

(Channel 6) Socket X8

(Channel 7) 4-conductor

1 Constant current line IC4+ IC5+ IC6+ IC7+

2 Measurement cable M4+ M5+ M6+ M7+

3 Constant current line IC4- IC5- IC6- IC7-

4 Measurement cable M4- M5- M6- M7-

5 Functional earth FE 3-conductor 1 Constant current line

IC4+ IC5+ IC6+ IC7+ 2 Measurement cable

M4+ M5+ M6+ M7+ 3 Constant current line and measurement cable

IC4-, M4- IC5-, M5- IC6-, M6- IC7-, M7- 4 Not used 5 Functional earth FE 2-conductor 1 Constant current line and measurement cable

IC4+, M4+ IC5+, M5+ IC6+, M6+ IC7+, M7+ 2 Not used 3 Constant current line and measurement cable

IC4-, M4- IC5-, M5- IC6-, M6- IC7-, M7- 4 Not used 5 Functional earth FE

Page 159: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.1 I/O device analog input

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 159

Table 10- 3 Pin assignment for thermocouple and voltage ±80 mV for 8 AI 4 U/I + 4 RTD/TC 8×M12 I/O device

Pin Assignment for thermocouples and ±80 mV View of socket (front view) Socket X2

(Channel 4) Socket X4

(Channel 5) Socket X6

(Channel 6) Socket X8

(Channel 7) 1 Not used

2 Input signal M4+ M5+ M6+ M7+

3 Not used 4 Input signal

M4- M5- M6- M7- 5 Functional earth FE

Block diagram The block diagram below shows the 8 AI 4 U/I + 4 RTD/TC 8×M12.

Figure 10-1 Block diagram 8 AI 4 U/I + 4 RTD/TC 8×M12

Page 160: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.1 I/O device analog input

ET 200eco PN 160 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Technical data Technical data Dimensions and weight Dimensions W x H x D (mm) 60 x 175 x 49 Weight Approx. 930 g Module-specific data Transmission rate 100 Mbps full duplex Transmission mode 100BASE-TX Autonegotiation Yes Bus protocol PROFINET IO

• IRT with the option "high flexibility" • IRT with the option "high performance"

Supported Ethernet services PROFINET IO (Device) • ping • arp • LLDP • Network diagnostics (SNMP) • DCP • Prioritized startup • Media redundancy

PROFINET interface

• Connection socket 2 x M12 d-coded

• Switch function Yes, internal

• Auto-crossover Yes; if autonegotiation is enabled

Manufacturer ID (Vendor ID) 002AH Device ID (DeviceID) 0306H Voltages and currents Supply voltage 1L+ DC 24 V Reverse polarity protection Yes; against destruction

• Infeed current 1L+ Max. 4 A

Supply voltage 2L+ DC 24 V

• Infeed current 2L+ Max. 4 A

Current consumption

• From supply voltage 1L+ Typ. 110 mA

• From supply voltage 2L+ 0 mA

Power loss of the device Typ. 2.8 W, without sensor current Analog inputs Number of inputs 8 (4 for U or I, 4 for RTD or thermocouple) Cable length, shielded Max. 30 m

Page 161: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.1 I/O device analog input

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 161

Technical data Sensor supply Number of sensor supplies 4 Total current Max. 1 A Short-circuit protection Yes; electronic, for each module, to ground

• Response threshold Min. 1.4 A

Sensor selection data Input ranges (Rated value)/input resistance or input voltage

• Voltage ±80 mV/10 MΩ ±10 V/100 kΩ 0 to 10 V/100 kΩ 1 to 5 V/100 kΩ

• Current ±20 mA/17 V for 2-wire transducer, 3.5 V for 4-wire transducer 0 to 20 mA/17 V for 2-wire transducer, 3.5 V for 4-wire transducer 4 to 20 mA/17 V for 2-wire transducer, 3.5 V for 4-wire transducer

• Resistor and thermal resistor 150 Ω/10 MΩ 300 Ω/10 MΩ 600 Ω/10 MΩ 3000 Ω/10 MΩ Ni100/10 MΩ Ni1000/10 MΩ Ni120/10 MΩ Ni200/10 MΩ Ni500/10 MΩ Pt100/10 MΩ Pt1000/10 MΩ Pt200/10 MΩ Pt500/10 MΩ

• Thermocouple Types E, J, K, N

Permitted input voltage for voltage input (destruc-tion limit)

28.8 V continuous, 35 V for max. duration of 500 ms

Connection of sensors for voltage measurement Yes Connection of sensors for current measurement Yes (as 2-wire/4-wire transducer) Connection of sensors for RTD Yes (with 2-/3-/4-conductor connection) Connection of sensors for thermocouples Yes Temperature compensation for thermocouples 1

• Internal temperature compensation Yes, parameterizable

• External temperature compensation Yes, parameterizable

Technical unit for temperature measurement °C, °F, K

Page 162: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.1 I/O device analog input

ET 200eco PN 162 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Technical data Formation of analog values Measuring principle Integrating Integration time and conversion time/resolution (per channel)

• Integration time parameterizable Yes

• Interference frequency suppression in Hz 500/60/50/10

• Integration time in ms 2.0/16.667/20/100

• Conversion time in ms (per channel) 2 4/19/22/102

• Resolution for voltage (including overrange) ±80 mV/15 bps + sign ±10 V/15 bps + sign 0 to 10 V/15 bps 1 to 5 V/15 bps

• Resolution for current (including overrange) ±20 mA/15 bps + sign 0 to 20 mA/15 bps 4 to 20 mA/15 bps

• Resolution for RTD (including overrange) 150 Ω, 300 Ω, 600 Ω, 3000 Ω/15 bps, Ni100, Ni1000, Ni120, Ni200; Ni500, Pt100, Pt1000, Pt200, Pt500/15 bps + sign

• Resolution for thermocouples (including over-range)

Types E, J, K, N/15 bps + sign

Measured value smoothing Yes, parameterizable in 4 levels Level

None Weak Medium Strong

Time constant 1 x cycle time 4 x cycle time 16 x cycle time 64 x cycle time

Interference suppression, error limits Interference suppression for f = n x (f1 ± 0.5%), (f1 = interference frequency)

46 dB

• Common-mode interference (interference voltage < 5 V)

70 dB

• Series-mode interference (peak value of inter-ference < Rated value of input range)

46 dB

Crosstalk between inputs < -85 dB Operational limit (across temperature range, relative to input range)

Ambient temperature positive negative

(0 °C to -25 °C)

negative (-25 °C to -40 °C)

U 0.15% 0.2% 0.35% I 0.2% 0.25% 0.4% R, RTD 0.1% 0.15% 0.3% TC 0.2% 0.25% 0.4%

Basic error limit (operational limit at 25 °C, rela-tive to input range) 3

U 0.1% I 0.1% R, RTD 0.05%

Page 163: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.1 I/O device analog input

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 163

Technical data TC 0.1%

Temperature error (relative to input range) Ambient temperature positive negative

U 0.0035%/K 0.007%/K I 0.006%/K 0.007%/K R, RTD 0.0005%/K 0.001%/K TC 0.0035%/K 0.007%/K

Linearity error (relative to input range) ±0.01% Repeat accuracy (in steady-state condition at 25°C, relative to input range)

±0.008%

Operational limit for internal temperature sensor ±3 °C Basic error limit for internal temperature sensor ±2 °C Status, interrupts, diagnostics Interrupts Yes Diagnostics functions

• Group error/maintenance Red/yellow "SF/MT" LED

• Bus monitoring PROFINET IO Red "BF" LED

• Monitoring of supply voltage 1L+ Green "ON" LED

• Existing connection to bus Green "P1 LK" and "P2 LK" LED; LED for PROFINET IO infeed and loop-through

• Analog input error Red LED

• Diagnostic information can be read Yes

Monitoring for

• Sensor supply short-circuit Yes, only if channel is enabled

• Wire break 4 to 20 mA, 1 to 5 V, resistors and thermoresis-tors

• Underflow and overflow Yes

• Supply voltage 1L+ Yes

Insulation Insulation test voltage

• Ethernet interface 1500 Vrms (IEEE802.3, Type Test)

• All other circuit elements 707 V DC (type test)

Page 164: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.1 I/O device analog input

ET 200eco PN 164 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Technical data Electrical isolation

• Between 1L+ and 2L+ Yes

• Between 1L+, channels and all other circuit elements

No

• Between channels No

• Between Ethernet and all other circuit ele-ments

Yes

1 "No temperature compensation" is always run when using the measuring type ±80 mV regardless of the configured temperature compensation. 2 With 3-wire resistance measurement (and thermal resistor) the measuring resistances and the line resistances are updated in alternating cycles. Rapid changes in the measuring resistance therefore impair the accuracy. 3 For thermocouples, the information refers to the temperature range from -100 °C to nominal value

Note

The accuracy information is valid for static thermal states and changes in ambient temperature < 1 K/h.

The I/O device achieves the highest accuracy with the 4-wire connection system (see technical specifications above).

Although the 3-wire connection system compensates for the missing wire, the accuracy is impaired. With the 2-wire connection system, the line resistances considerably impair the accuracy.

In the last two cases this impairment is not determinable.

Note

With the 3-wire connection system, the compensation of the missing cable is only ensured if all three cores in the cable have the same length and cross-section.

See also Response times for analog input device and output device (Page 260)

Page 165: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.1 I/O device analog input

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 165

10.1.2 8 AI RTD/TC 8×M12 I/O device

Article number 6ES7144-6KD50-0AB0

Properties The electronic module 8 AI RTD/TC 8×M12 has the properties listed below:

8 freely parameterizable inputs:

– Resistance (2-/3-/4-wire transmitter)

– Thermoresistor (2-/3-/4-conductor connection system)

– Thermocouple or ±80 mV

Input ranges:

– Voltage measurement: ±80 mV; resolution 15 bit + sign

– Resistance measurement: 150 Ω, 300 Ω, 600 Ω, 3000 Ω; resolution 15 bits

– Resistance thermometer: Pt100, Ni100, Ni120, Pt200, Ni200, Pt500, Ni500, Pt1000, Ni1000; resolution 15 bits + sign

– Thermocouple elements: E, J, K, N; resolution 15 bits + sign

Dimensions 60 x 175 mm

Diagnostics

– "Missing L1+" supply voltage

– "Wire break"

– "Underflow"

– "Overflow"

Permitted common-mode voltage AC 10VPP

Prioritized startup

Media redundancy

Note

During startup

As long as no parameters are assigned for the I/O device, the I/O device supplies the process values 7FFFH.

Page 166: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.1 I/O device analog input

ET 200eco PN 166 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Pin assignment The tables below show the pin assignment for the 8 AI RTD/TC 8xM12 electronic module.

Table 10- 4 Pin assignment for RTD for the 8 AI RTD/TC 8xM12 electronic module

Pin Assignment for RTD View of socket (front view) Socket X1

(Channel 0)

Socket X2 (Channel

4)

Socket X3 (Channel

1)

Socket X4 (Channel

5)

Socket X5 (Channel

2)

Socket X6 (Channel

6)

Socket X7 (Channel

3)

Socket X8 (Channel

7) 4-conductor

1 Constant current line IC0+ IC4+ IC1+ IC5+ IC2+ IC6+ IC3+ IC7+

2 Measurement cable M0+ M4+ M1+ M5+ M2+ M6+ M3+ M7+

3 Constant current line IC0- IC4- IC1- IC5- IC2- IC6- IC3- IC7-

4 Measurement cable M0- M4- M1- M5- M2- M6- M3- M7-

5 Functional earth FE 3-conductor 1 Constant current line

IC0+ IC4+ IC1+ IC5+ IC2+ IC6+ IC3+ IC7+ 2 Measurement cable

M0+ M4+ M1+ M5+ M2+ M6+ M3+ M7+ 3 Constant current line and measurement cable

IC0-, M0- IC4-, M4- IC1-, M1- IC5-, M5- IC2-, M2- IC6-, M6- IC3-, M3- IC7-, M7- 4 Not used 5 Functional earth FE 2-conductor 1 Constant current line and measurement cable

IC0+, M0+ IC4+, M4+ IC1+, M1+ IC5+, M5+ IC2+, M2+ IC6+, M6+ IC3+, M3+ IC7+, M7+ 2 Not used 3 Constant current line and measurement cable

IC0-, M0- IC4-, M4- IC1-, M1- IC5-, M5- IC2-, M2- IC6-, M6- IC3-, M3- IC7-, M7- 4 Not used 5 Functional earth FE

Page 167: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.1 I/O device analog input

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 167

Table 10- 5 Pin assignment for thermocouples with 8 AI RTD/TC 8xM12 electronic module

Pin Assignment for thermocouples and ±80 mV View of socket (front view) Socket X1

(Channel 0)

Socket X2 (Channel

4)

Socket X3 (Channel

1)

Socket X4 (Channel

5)

Socket X5 (Channel

2)

Socket X6 (Channel

6)

Socket X7 (Channel

3)

Socket X8 (Channel

7) 1 Not used

2 Input signal M0+ M4+ M1+ M5+ M2+ M6+ M3+ M7+

3 Not used 4 Input signal

M0- M4- M1- M5- M2- M6- M3- M7- 5 Functional earth FE

Block diagram The figure below shows the block diagram of the 8 AI RTD/TC 8xM12 electronic module.

Figure 10-2 Block diagram 8 AI RTD/TC 8xM12

Page 168: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.1 I/O device analog input

ET 200eco PN 168 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Technical data Technical data Dimensions and weight Dimensions W x H x D (mm) 60 x 175 x 49 Weight Approx. 930 g Module-specific data Transmission rate 100 Mbps full duplex Transmission mode 100 BASE-TX Autonegotiation Yes Bus protocol PROFINET IO

• IRT with the option "high flexibility" • IRT with the option "high performance"

Supported Ethernet services PROFINET IO (Device) • ping • arp • LLDP • Network diagnostics (SNMP) • DCP • Prioritized startup • Media redundancy

PROFINET interface

• Connection socket 2 x M12 d-coded

• Switch function Yes, internal

• Auto-crossover Yes; if autonegotiation is enabled

Manufacturer ID (Vendor ID) 002AH Device ID (DeviceID) 0306H Voltages and currents Supply voltage 1L+ DC 24 V Reverse polarity protection Yes; against destruction

• Infeed current 1L+ Max. 4 A

Supply voltage 2L+ DC 24 V

• Infeed current 2L+ Max. 4 A

Current consumption

• From supply voltage 1L+ Typ. 110 mA

• From supply voltage 2L+ 0 mA

Power loss of the device Typ. 2.8 W, without sensor current Analog inputs Number of inputs 8, for RTD or thermocouple Cable length, shielded Max. 30 m

Page 169: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.1 I/O device analog input

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 169

Technical data Sensor selection data Input ranges (Rated value)/input resistance or input voltage

• Voltage ±80 mV

• Resistance 150 Ω/10 MΩ 300 Ω/10 MΩ 600 Ω/10 MΩ 3000 Ω/10 MΩ

• Thermoresistor Pt100/10 MΩ Pt200/10 MΩ Pt500/10 MΩ Pt1000/10 MΩ Ni100/10 MΩ Ni120/10 MΩ Ni200/10 MΩ Ni500/10 MΩ Ni1000/10 MΩ

• Thermocouple Types N, E, J, K

Permitted input voltage for voltage input (destruc-tion limit)

28.8 V continuous, 35 V for max. duration of 500 ms

Connection of sensors for RTD Yes (with 2-/3-/4-conductor connection) Connection of sensors for thermocouples Yes Temperature compensation 1

• None Yes, parameterizable

• Internal Yes, parameterizable

• RTD (0) Yes, parameterizable

• Dynamic reference temperature Yes, parameterizable

• Fixed reference temperature Yes, parameterizable

Technical unit for temperature measurement °C, °F, K Formation of analog values Measuring principle Integrating Integration time and conversion time/resolution (per channel)

• Integration time parameterizable Yes

• Interference frequency suppression in Hz 500/60/50/10

• Integration time in ms 2.0/16.667/20/100

• Conversion time in ms (per channel) 2 4/19/22/102

• Resolution for RTD (including overrange)

150 Ω, 300 Ω, 600 Ω, 3000 Ω/15 bits Pt100, Pt200, Pt500, Pt1000, Ni100, Ni120, Ni200, Ni500, Ni1000/15 bits + sign

• Resolution for thermocouples (including overrange)

Types N, E, J, K/15 bits + sign

Page 170: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.1 I/O device analog input

ET 200eco PN 170 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Technical data Measured value smoothing Yes, parameterizable in 4 levels Level

None Weak Medium Strong

Time constant 1 x cycle time 4 x cycle time 16 x cycle time 64 x cycle time

Interference suppression, error limits Interference suppression for f = n x (f1 ± 0.5%), (f1 = interference frequency)

46 dB

• Common-mode interference (interference voltage < 5 V)

70 dB

• Series-mode interference (peak value of inter-ference < Rated value of input range)

46 dB

Crosstalk between inputs < -85 dB Operational limit (across temperature range, relative to input range)

Ambient temperature positive negative

(0 °C to -25 °C)

negative (-25 °C to -40 °C)

R, RTD 0.1% 0.15% 0.3% TC 0.2% 0.25% 0.4%

Basic error limit (operational limit at 25 °C, rela-tive to input range) 3

R, RTD 0.05% TC 0.1%

Temperature error (relative to input range) Ambient temperature positive negative

R, RTD 0.0005%/K 0.001%/K TC 0.0035%/K 0.007%/K

Linearity error (relative to input range) ±0.01% Repeat accuracy (in steady-state condition at 25°C, relative to input range)

±0.008%

Operational limits (relative to internal temperature sensor)

±3 °C

Basic error limits (relative to internal temperature sensor)

±2 °C

Status, interrupts, diagnostics Interrupts Yes Diagnostics functions

• Group error/maintenance Red/yellow "SF/MT" LED

• Bus monitoring PROFINET IO Red "BF" LED

• Monitoring of supply voltage 1L+ Green "ON" LED

• Existing connection to bus Green "P1 LK" and "P2 LK" LED; LED for PROFINET IO infeed and loop-through

• Analog input error Red LED

• Diagnostic information can be read Yes

Page 171: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.1 I/O device analog input

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 171

Technical data Monitoring for

• Wire break Resistors and thermoresistors

• Underflow and overflow Yes

• Supply voltage 1L+ Yes

Insulation Insulation test voltage

• Ethernet interface 1500 Vrms (IEEE802.3, Type Test)

• All other circuit elements 707 V DC (type test)

Electrical isolation

• Between 1L+ and 2L+ Yes

• Between 1L+, channels and all other circuit elements

No

• Between channels No

• Between Ethernet and all other circuit ele-ments

Yes

1 "No temperature compensation" is always run when using the measuring type ±80 mV regardless of the configured temperature compensation. 2 With 3-wire resistance measurement (and thermal resistor) the measuring resistances and the line resistances are updated in alternating cycles. Rapid changes in the measuring resistance therefore impair the accuracy. 3 For thermocouples, the information refers to the temperature range from -100 °C to nominal value.

Note

The accuracy information is valid for static thermal states and changes in ambient temperature < 1 K/h.

The I/O device achieves the highest accuracy with the 4-wire connection system (see technical specifications above).

Although the 3-wire connection system compensates for the missing wire, the accuracy is impaired. With the 2-wire connection system, the line resistances considerably impair the accuracy.

In the last two cases this impairment is not determinable.

Note

With the 3-wire connection system, the compensation of the missing cable is only ensured if all three cores in the cable have the same length and cross-section.

Page 172: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.1 I/O device analog input

ET 200eco PN 172 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

10.1.3 Parameter overview analog input

Parameters for analog input 8 AI 4 U/I + 4 RTD/TC 8xM12 (6ES7144-6KD00-0AB0) Parameters Range of values Default setting Range of effectiveness Group diagnostics • Disable

• Enable

Disable Device

Diagnostics, missing 1L+ • Disable • Enable

Disable Device

Diagnostics, sensor supply short-circuit

• Disable • Enable

Disable Device

Interference frequency sup-pression

• Off (Fast Mode) • 60 Hz • 50 Hz • 10 Hz

50 Hz Device

Temperature unit • Celsius • Fahrenheit • Kelvin

Celsius Channel groups 4 to 7

Reference temperature for TC • -145.0 to 155.0 (Celsius) • -229.0 to 311.0 (Fahrenheit) • 128.2 to 428.2 (Kelvin)

0.0 Device

Measurement type, channels 0 to 3

• Disabled • Voltage • Current (4-wire transducer) • Current (2-wire transducer)

Voltage Channel

Measurement type, channels 4 to 7

• Disabled • Resistance (4-wire connection) • Resistance (3-wire connection) • Resistance (2-wire connection) • Thermoresistor

(linear, 4-conductor connection) • Thermoresistor

(linear, 3-conductor connection) • Thermoresistor

(linear, 2-conductor connection) • Thermocouple elements • Voltage +/-80 mV

Thermoresistor Pt100 (4-conductor connec-tion)

Channel

Page 173: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.1 I/O device analog input

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 173

Parameters Range of values Default setting Range of effectiveness Measurement range, channels 0 to 3

• 1 to 5 V • 0 to 10 V • +/-10 V • 0 to 20 mA • 4 to 20 mA • ±20 mA

±10 V Channel

Measuring range, channels 4 to 7

• +/-80 mV • 150 Ω • 300 Ω • 600 Ω • 3000 Ω • Pt100 Climatic range • Pt100 Standard range • Pt200 Climatic range • Pt200 Standard range • Pt500 Climatic range • Pt500 Standard range • Pt1000 Climatic range • Pt1000 Standard range • Ni100 Climatic range • Ni100 Standard range • Ni120 Climatic range • Ni120 Standard range • Ni200 Climatic range • Ni200 Standard range • Ni500 Climatic range • Ni500 Standard range • Ni1000 Climatic range • Ni1000 Standard range • TC_EL Typ_N_[NiCrSi_NiSi] • TC_EL Typ_E_[NiCr_CuNi] • TC_EL Typ_J_[Fe_CuNi] • TC_EL Typ_K_[NiCr_Ni]

Pt100 Standard range Channel

Reference junction for ther-moresistor (TC)

• Internal • External

Internal Channel

Page 174: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.1 I/O device analog input

ET 200eco PN 174 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Parameters Range of values Default setting Range of effectiveness Temperature coefficient • Pt 0.003916

• Pt 0.003902 • Pt 0.00392 • Pt 0.0038511 • Ni 0.00618 • Ni 0.00672 • Ni 0.005000

Pt 0.0038511 Channel

Smoothing • None • Weak • Medium • Strong

None Channel

Diagnostics, wire break • Disable • Enable

Disable Channel

Diagnostics, underflow • Disable • Enable

Disable Channel

Diagnostics, overflow • Disable • Enable

Disable Channel

1This value can also be shown as α = 0.00385055 in the parameter assignment.

Parameters for analog input 8 AI RTD/TC 8xM12 (6ES7144-6KD50-0AB0) Parameters Range of values Default setting Range of effectiveness Group diagnostics • Disable

• Enable

Disable Device

Diagnostics, missing 1L+ • Disable • Enable

Disable Device

Interference frequency sup-pression

• Off (Fast Mode) • 60 Hz • 50 Hz • 10 Hz

50 Hz Device

Temperature unit • Celsius • Fahrenheit • Kelvin

Celsius Device

Reference temperature for TC • -145.0 to 155.0 (Celsius) • -229.0 to 311.0 (Fahrenheit) • 128.2 to 428.2 (Kelvin)

0.0 Device

Page 175: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.1 I/O device analog input

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 175

Parameters Range of values Default setting Range of effectiveness Measurement type, channels 0 to 7

• Disabled • Voltage +/-80 mV • Resistance (4-wire connection) • Resistance (3-wire connection) • Resistance (2-wire connection) • Thermoresistor

(linear, 4-conductor connection) • Thermoresistor

(linear, 3-conductor connection) • Thermoresistor

(linear, 2-conductor connection) • Thermocouple elements

Thermoresistor Pt100 (4-conductor connec-tion)

Channel

Measuring range, channels 0 to 7

• +/-80 mV • 150 Ω • 300 Ω • 600 Ω • 3000 Ω • Pt100 Climatic range • Pt100 Standard range • Pt200 Climatic range • Pt200 Standard range • Pt500 Climatic range • Pt500 Standard range • Pt1000 Climatic range • Pt1000 Standard range • Ni100 Climatic range • Ni100 Standard range • Ni120 Climatic range • Ni120 Standard range • Ni200 Climatic range • Ni200 Standard range • Ni500 Climatic range • Ni500 Standard range • Ni1000 Climatic range • Ni1000 Standard range • TC_EL Typ_N_[NiCrSi_NiSi] • TC_EL Typ_E_[NiCr_CuNi] • TC_EL Typ_J_[Fe_CuNi] • TC_EL Typ_K_[NiCr_Ni]

Pt100 Standard range Channel

Page 176: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.1 I/O device analog input

ET 200eco PN 176 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Parameters Range of values Default setting Range of effectiveness Reference junction for ther-moresistor (TC)

• None • Internal • RTD (0) • Dynamic Ref. Temp. • Fixed Ref. Temp.

Internal Channel

Temperature coefficient • Pt 0.003916 • Pt 0.003902 • Pt 0.00392 • Pt 0.0038511 • Ni 0.00618 • Ni 0.00672 • Ni 0.005000

Pt 0.0038511 Channel

Smoothing • None • Weak • Medium • Strong

None Channel

Diagnostics, wire break • Disable • Enable

Disable Channel

Diagnostics, underflow • Disable • Enable

Disable Channel

Diagnostics, overflow • Disable • Enable

Disable Channel

1This value can also be shown as α = 0.00385055 in the parameter assignment.

Page 177: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.1 I/O device analog input

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 177

Measuring type with 8 AI RTD The following table lists the temperature coefficients and measuring ranges you can assign for each measurement type:

Measurement type Temperature coefficient Measuring range Thermoresistor 4-conductor Thermoresistor 3-conductor Thermoresistor 2-conductor

Pt 0.0038511, 2/ Pt 0.003916/ Pt 0.003902/ Pt 0.003920

Pt100 Climatic range / Pt100 Standard range / Pt200 Climatic range / Pt200 Standard range / Pt500 Climatic range / Pt500 Standard range / Pt1000 Climatic range / Pt1000 Standard range

Ni 0.0061801/ Ni 0.006720/ Ni 0.0053

Ni100 Climatic range / Ni100 Standard range / Ni120 Climatic range / Ni120 Standard range / Ni200 Climatic range / Ni200 Standard range / Ni500 Climatic range / Ni500 Standard range / Ni1000 Climatic range / Ni1000 Standard range

1 The default settings for the temperature coefficients apply according to the standard EN60751. 2This value can also be shown as α = 0.00385055 in the parameter assignment. 3 The thermoresistor LG-Ni1000 corresponds to the thermoresistor Ni1000 with the temperature coef-ficient 0.005

Note

For a thermoresistor, the climatic type is only possible with temperature units Celsius (°C) and Fahrenheit (°F).

10.1.4 Parameter description analog input

Group diagnostics You can generally enable and disable the diagnostics function of the device with this parameter.

The "Fault" and "Parameter assignment error" diagnostics functions are always independent of the group diagnostics.

Diagnostics: Missing 1L+ If you enable this parameter, the check for missing supply voltage is enabled.

Page 178: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.1 I/O device analog input

ET 200eco PN 178 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Diagnostics: Short-circuit sensor supply If you enable this parameter, a diagnostics event is generated if a short-circuit of the sensor supply to ground is detected and the channel is enabled. The sensor supply is monitored for connectors X1, X3, X5, and X7. No differentiation is made as to the connector where the sensor short-circuit occurred.

Interference frequency suppression With this parameter, you set the integration time of the device, based on the selected interference frequency. Select the frequency of the supply voltage used. Interference frequency suppression "Off (Fast Mode)" means 500 Hz, which corresponds to an integration time of 2 ms for a measurement channel.

Temperature unit This parameter is used to select the unit in which the temperature is detected.

Reference temperature for TC The reference temperature applies to all channels at which "Fix Ref. Temp." was selected at "Reference junction". Information about the value range of the reference temperature is available in the table Reference temperature for TC (Page 194).

Measurement type (channel-wise) Click the field to have the available measurement types displayed and select them.

Possible measurement types:

Voltage ±80 mV

Resistor (4-wire connection)

Resistor (3-wire connection)

Resistor (2-wire connection)

Thermal resistor (linear, 4-wire connection)

Thermal resistor (linear, 3-wire connection)

Thermal resistor (linear, 2-wire connection)

Thermocouple

This parameter is used to set the measuring method, for example voltage. For any unused channels, you must select the disabled setting. For a disabled channel, the conversion time and integration time of the channel = 0 s, and the overall cycle time of the device is reduced.

Measuring range With this parameter, you set the measuring range of the selected measurement type.

Page 179: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.1 I/O device analog input

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 179

Temperature coefficient (for RTD, thermoresistor) The correction factor for the temperature coefficient (α-value) specifies the extent to which the resistance of a certain material changes when the temperature is raised by 1 °C.

The α-values conform to EN 60751, GOST 6651, JIS C 1604, and ASTM E-1137.

The temperature coefficient depends on the chemical composition of the material.

Smoothing Smoothing of the analog values produces a stable analog signal for further processing. The smoothing of analog values is useful when handling wanted signals (measured values) with a slow rate of change, for example, temperature measurements.

The measured values are smoothed by digital filtering. To achieve smoothing, the device generates a mean value from a specified number of converted (digitized) analog values.

You assign a maximum of four levels for the smoothing (none, weak, medium, strong). The level determines the number of module cycles, from which the mean value is generated.

The stronger the smoothing, the more precisely the smoothed analog value reaches the setpoint value. The time interval until the smoothed analog value is applied after a signal change is also prolonged.

The figure below shows the number of cycles a module requires to apply the smoothed analog value at almost 100% after a step response, based on the smoothing function settings. The figure applies to all signal changes at the analog input. The smoothing value defines the number of cycles a module requires to reach 63% of the end value of the changed signal.

① Smoothing, weak ② Smoothing, medium ③ Smoothing, strong

Page 180: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.1 I/O device analog input

ET 200eco PN 180 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Diagnostics: Wire break When this parameter is enabled, the Wire break diagnostics event is generated when a wire break is detected.

Observe the rules outlined below to handle a wire break in the 1 V to 5 V and 4 mA to 20 mA measuring ranges: Parameters Event Measured

value Explanation

Enable wire break1 Wire break 7FFFH Diagnostics, wire break Wire break disabled1

Underflow enabled

Wire break 8000H Measured value after leaving the under-shoot range Diagnostic message Lower limit value undershot

Wire break disabled1

Underflow disabled Wire break 8000H Measured value after leaving the under-

shoot range 1 Measuring range limits for wire break detection and measuring range undershoot detection: • 1 V to 5 V: At 0.296 V • 4 mA to 20 mA: At 1.185 mA

Diagnostics at 8AI RTD/TC Take the following diagnostics into account: Diagnostics, wire break

Diagnostics, overflow

Diagnostics, underflow

Event Process data Diagnostic message per channel:

Activated Deactivated Deactivated Wire break 0x7FFF Wire break Deactivated Deactivated Activated Wire break 0x8000 Low limit vio-

lated Deactivated Activated Deactivated Wire break 0x7FFF High limit vio-

lated Deactivated Activated Activated Wire break 0x8000 Low limit vio-

lated Deactivated Deactivated Deactivated Wire break 0x7FFF

Diagnostics: Underflow If the measured value reaches the underflow range and you enable this parameter, the Underflow diagnostics event is generated.

Diagnostics: Overflow If the measured value reaches the overflow range and you enable this parameter, the Overflow diagnostics event is generated.

Page 181: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.1 I/O device analog input

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 181

Reference junction for thermoresistor (TC) A difference in temperature between the measuring point and the free ends of the thermocouple (terminal point) generates a voltage between the free ends, namely the thermoelectric voltage. The value of this thermoelectric voltage is determined by the temperature difference between the measuring point and the free ends, and by the type of material combination of the thermocouple. Since a thermocouple always measures a temperature difference, the free ends at the reference junction must be maintained at a known temperature in order to determine the temperature of the measuring point.

In the case of the I/O device 8 AI 4 U/I + 4 RTD/TC 8×M12 and 8 AI RTD/TC 8xM12, the following compensation settings are possible:

No / external compensation: The reference junction temperature is measured outside the module, e.g., via a compensation slot.

With this compensation type, the reference junction temperature of the thermocouples is measured outside the two I/O devices. For this purpose you can, for example, connect a compensation slot to the thermocouple.

With this compensation type, the temperature of the reference junction is specified at 0 °C .

The temperature of 0 °C is reached when a compensation slot is used. One compensation slot is required per thermocouple.

Internal: The temperature of the measuring point is measured in the housing of the I/O device.

With this type of compensation the reference junction temperature is determined with an internal temperature sensor. One temperature sensor is integrated into each I/O device.

The reference junction temperature is detected by an internal temperature sensor.

The same reference junction temperature is assigned to all the channels of the I/O devices that you selected for this type of compensation.

Page 182: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.1 I/O device analog input

ET 200eco PN 182 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

With the I/O device 8 AI RTD/TC 8xM12, the following compensation settings are also possible :

RTD (0): The reference junction temperature is determined by means of a thermal resistor (Pt1000).

With this compensation the reference junction temperature is determined by measuring the resistance value of a Pt1000 at the terminal point of the M12 compensation connector. The resistance measurement may only be carried out on the round socket X1 (Channel 0).

The reference junction temperature is determined by the resistance value Pt1000.

The same reference junction temperature is assigned to all the channels of the I/O device 8 AI RTD/TC 8xM12 that you selected for this type of compensation.

The cycle time increases by 1 x the conversion time.

If the compensation RTD (0) is selected on a channel of the I/O device 8 AI RTD/TC 8xM12, the measurement type for Channel 0 (X1) is limited; that is, only the measurement types "Thermocouple" or "±80 mV" are possible.

A wire break at Pt1000 cannot be detected and is reported with the diagnosis "Reference channel error".

The M12 compensation connector is provided for the temperature compensation "RTD (0)" (prerequisite: "Reference junction" parameter set to "RTD (0)". For all other temperature compensations, no M12 compensation connector is required.

The M12 compensation connector has an integrated resistance thermometer Pt1000 (with α = 0.003851) for compensating the reference junction temperature of the thermocouples. The α value conforms to the standards EN 60751, GOST 6651, JIS C 1604 and ASTM E-1137.

The M12 compensation connector is delivered unassembled. You can connect a thermocouple by using terminals 2 and 4 of the M12 compensation connector.

The M12 compensation connector is bolted to the round socket X1 on the connection module CM IO 4 x M12 (torque: 1.5 Nm). The procedure is identical to the M12 connector (see section Mounting (Page 20)).

Note

The M12 compensation connector is only designed for the electronic module 8 AI RTD/TC 8xM12. Operation without a cable is not permitted in order to comply with degree of protection IP67.

Page 183: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.1 I/O device analog input

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 183

Dynamic Ref. Temp.: The reference junction temperature is measured via a module on a different station.

With this type of compensation the reference junction temperature (compensation voltage) is measured by means of an external module on another station.

The reference junction temperature is transferred from the CPU to the I/O device 8 AI RTD/TC 8xM12 by means of the data record DS2 using the SFB 53.

An separate reference junction temperature can be assigned by means of the the user program to each channel for which you select this type of compensation.

Fixed Ref. Temp.: The reference temperature is specified permanently.

With this type of compensation, the reference junction temperature is stored as a parameter.

The reference junction temperature is specified in the parameter "Reference temperature for TC".

The possible value range is listed in the table Reference temperature for TC (Page 194).

The parameterized reference junction temperature is valid for all the channels of the I/O device for which you have selected this type of compensation.

10.1.5 Analog value representation for measuring ranges with SIMATIC S7

Representation of analog values With the same nominal range, the digitized analog value is the same for input and output values. Analog values are represented in two's complement.

The following table shows the representation of analog values of the analog input.

Table 10- 6 Representation of analog values (SIMATIC S7 format)

Resolution Analog value Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Significance of the bits Sig

n 214 213 212 211 210 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20

Sign The sign (S) of the analog value is always in bit number 15:

"0" → +

"1" → -

Page 184: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.1 I/O device analog input

ET 200eco PN 184 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

10.1.6 Measuring ranges of the analog input device in S7 format

Voltage measuring ranges: Measuring range 1 to 5 V

Measuring range 1 to 5 V

Units Range Decimal Hexadecimal

> 5.704 V 32767 7FFFH Overflow 5.704 V 32511 7EFFH Overrange

27649 6C01H 5 V 27648 6C00H Nominal range 4 V 20736 5100H

1 V + 144.7 µV 1 0001H 1 V 0 0000H

-1 FFFFH Underrange 0.296 V -4864 ED00H

< 0.296 V 32767 7FFFH Wire break - 32768 8000 H Underflow

Voltage measuring ranges: Measuring range 0 to 10 V

Measuring range 0 to 10 V

Units Range Decimal Hexadecimal

> 11.759 V 32767 7FFFH Overflow 11.759 V 32511 7EFFH Overrange

27649 6C01H 10 V 27648 6C00H Nominal range 7.5 V 20736 5100H

0 V + 361.7 µV 1 0001H 0 V 0 0000H

-1 FFFFH Underrange -1.759 V -4864 ED00H

< -1.759 V - 32768 8000 H Underflow

Page 185: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.1 I/O device analog input

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 185

Measuring ranges for voltage: ±10 mV

Measuring range ±10 V Units Range Decimal Hexadecimal

> 11.759 V 32767 7FFFH Overflow 11.759 V 32511 7EFFH Overrange

27649 6C01H 10 V 27648 6C00H Nominal range 7.5 V 20736 5100H

361.7 µV 1 0001H 0 V 0 0000H

-1 FFFFH - 7.5 V -20736 AF00H -10 V -27648 9400H

-27649 93FFH -11.759 V -32512 8100H Underrange

< -11.759 V -32768 8000H Underflow

Current measuring range: 0 to 20 mA

Measuring range 0 to 20 mA

Units Range Decimal Hexadecimal

> 23.52 mA 32767 7FFFH Overflow 23.52 mA 32511 7EFFH Overrange

27649 6C01H 20 mA 27648 6C00H Nominal range 15 mA 20736 5100H

723.4 nA 1 0001H 0 mA 0 0000H

1 FFFF H Underrange -3.52 mA -4864 ED00H

< -3.52 mA 32768 8000H Underflow

Page 186: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.1 I/O device analog input

ET 200eco PN 186 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Current measuring range: 4 to 20 mA

Measuring range 4 to 20 mA

Units Range Decimal Hexadecimal

> 22.81 mA 32767 7FFFH Overflow 22.81 mA 32511 7EFFH Overrange

27649 6C01H 20 mA 27648 6C00H Nominal range 16 mA 20736 5100H

4 mA + 578.7 nA 1 0001H 4 mA 0 0000H

1 FFFF H Underrange 1.185 mA -4864 ED00H

< 1.185 mA 32767 7FFFH Wire break -32768 8000 H Underflow

Measuring range for current: ±20 mA

Measuring range ±20 mA Units Range Decimal Hexadecimal

> 23.52 mA 32767 7FFFH Overflow 23.52 mA 32511 7EFFH Overrange

27649 6C01H 20 mA 27648 6C00H Nominal range 15 mA 20736 5100H

723.4 nA 1 0001H 0 mA 0 0000H

-1 FFFFH -15 mA -20736 AF00H -20 mA -27648 9400H

-27649 93FFH Underrange -23.52 mA -32512 8100H

< -23.52 mA -32768 8000H Underflow

Page 187: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.1 I/O device analog input

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 187

Measuring range for voltage: ±80 mV

Measuring range ±80 mV Units Range Decimal Hexadecimal

> 94.1 mV 32767 7FFFH Overflow 94.1 mV 32511 7EFFH Overrange

27649 6C01H 80 mV 27648 6C00H Nominal range 60 mV 20736 5100H

2.89 µV 1 0001H 0 mV 0 0000H

-1 FFFFH -60 mV -20736 AF00H -80 mV -27648 9400H

-27649 93FFH Underrange -94.1 mV -32512 8100H

< -94.1 mV -32768 8000H Underflow

Measuring ranges for resistance-based sensor: 150 Ω, 300 Ω, 600 Ω, 3000 Ω

Measuring range Units Range Decimal Hexadecimal

150 Ω 300 Ω 600 Ω 3 kΩ > 176.38 Ω > 352.77 Ω > 705.53 Ω > 3.53 kΩ 32767 7FFFH Overflow 176.38 Ω 352.77 Ω 705.53 Ω 3.53 kΩ 32511 7EFFH Overrange

27649 6C01H 150 Ω 300 Ω 600 Ω 3 kΩ 27648 6C00H Nominal range

112.5 Ω 225 Ω 450 Ω 2.25 kΩ 20736 5100H 5.43 mΩ 10.85 mΩ 21.70 mΩ 108.05 mΩ 1 0001H

0 Ω 0 Ω 0 Ω 0 Ω 0 0000H Negative values are physically impossible

Page 188: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.1 I/O device analog input

ET 200eco PN 188 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Measuring ranges for Pt x00 standard thermal resistor

Pt x00 Standard

in °C (1 digit = 0.1°C)

Units Pt x00 Standard

in °F (1 digit =

0.1°F)

Units Pt x00 Standard

in K (1 digit =

0.1 K)

Units Range Decimal Hexadec-

imal Decimal Hexadec-

imal Decimal Hexadec-

imal

> 1000.0 32767 7FFFH > 1832.0 32767 7FFFH > 1273.2 32767 7FFFH Overflow 1000.0

: 850.1

10000 :

8501

2710H :

2135H

1832.0 :

1562.1

18320 :

15621

4790H :

3D05H

1273.2 :

1123.3

12732 :

11233

31BCH :

2BE1H

Overrange

850.0 :

-200.0

8500 :

-2000

2134H :

F830H

1562.0 :

-328.0

15620 :

-3280

3D04H :

F330H

1123.2 :

73.2

11232 :

732

2BE0H :

2DCH

Nominal range

-200.1 :

-243.0

-2001 :

-2430

F82FH :

F682H

-328.1 :

-405.4

-3281 :

-4054

F32FH :

F02AH

73.1 :

30.2

731 :

302

2DBH :

12EH

Underrange

< -243.0 -32768 8000H < -405.4 -32768 8000H < 30.2 32768 8000H Underflow

Measuring ranges for Pt x00 climatic thermal resistor

Pt x00 Climatic in °C

(1 digit = 0.01 °C)

Units Pt x00 Climatic in °F

(1 digit = 0.01 °F)

Units Range Decimal Hexadecimal Decimal Hexadecimal

> 155.00 32767 7FFFH > 311.00 32767 7FFFH Overflow 155.00

: 130.01

15500 :

13001

3C8CH :

32C9H

311.00 :

266.01

31100 :

26601

797CH :

67E9H

Overrange

130.00 :

-120.00

13000 :

-12000

32C8H :

D120H

266.00 :

-184.00

26600 :

-18400

67E8H :

B820H

Nominal range

-120.01 :

-145.00

-12001 :

-14500

D11FH :

C75CH

-184.01 :

-229.00

-18401 :

-22900

B81FH :

A68CH

Underrange

< -145.00 -32768 8000H < -229.00 -32768 8000H Underflow

Page 189: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.1 I/O device analog input

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 189

Measuring ranges for Ni x00 Standard thermal resistor

Ni x00 Standard

in °C (1 digit = 0.1°C)

Units Ni x00 Standard

in °F (1 digit =

0.1°F)

Units Ni x00 Standard

in K (1 digit =

0.1 K)

Units Range Decimal Hexadec-

imal Decimal Hexadec-

imal Decimal Hexadec-

imal

> 295.0 32767 7FFFH > 563.0 32767 7FFFH > 568.2 32767 7FFFH Overflow 295.0

: 250.1

2950 :

2501

B86H :

9C5H

563.0 :

482.1

5630 :

4821

15FEH :

12D5H

568.2 :

523.3

5682 :

5233

1632H :

1471H

Overrange

250.0 :

-60.0

2500 :

-600

9C4H :

FDA8H

482.0 :

-76.0

4820 :

-760

12D4H :

FD08H

523.2 :

213.2

5232 :

2132

1470H :

854H

Nominal range

-60.1 :

-105.0

-601 :

-1050

FDA7H :

FBE6H

-76.1 :

-157.0

-761 :

-1570

FD07H :

F9DEH

213.1 :

168.2

2131 :

1682

853H :

692H

Underrange

< -105.0 -32768 8000H < -157.0 -32768 8000H < 168.2 32768 8000H Underflow

Measuring ranges for Ni x00 climatic thermal resistor

Ni x00 Climatic in °C

(1 digit = 0.01 °C)

Units Ni x00 Climatic in °F

(1 digit = 0.01 °F)

Units Range Decimal Hexadecimal Decimal Hexadecimal

> 155.00 32767 7FFFH > 311.00 32767 7FFFH Overflow 155.00

: 130.01

15500 :

13001

3C8CH :

32C9H

311.00 :

266.01

31100 :

26601

797CH :

67E9H

Overrange

130.00 :

-60.00

13000 :

-6000

32C8H :

E890H

266.00 :

-76.00

26600 :

-7600

67E8H :

E250H

Nominal range

-60.01 :

-105.00

-6001 :

-10500

E88FH :

D6FCH

-76.01 :

-157.00

-7601 :

-15700

E24FH :

C2ACH

Underrange

< -105.00 -32768 8000H < -157.00 -32768 8000H Underflow

Page 190: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.1 I/O device analog input

ET 200eco PN 190 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Representation of analog values for thermocouple type E

Type E in °C

Units Type E in °F

Units Type E in K

Units Range Decimal Hexadec-

imal Decimal Hexadec-

imal Decimal Hexadec-

imal > 1200.0 32767 7FFFH > 2192.0 32767 7FFFH > 1473.2 32767 7FFFH Overflow 1200.0

: 1000.1

12000 :

10001

2EE0H :

2711H

2192.0 :

1832.1

21920 :

18321

55A0H :

4791H

1473.2 :

1273.3

14732 :

12733

398CH :

31BDH

Overrange

1000.0 :

-270.0

10000 :

-2700

2710H :

F574H

1832.0 :

-454.0

18320 :

-4540

4790H :

EE44H

1273.2 :

3.2

12732 :

32

31BCH :

0020H

Nominal range

< -270.0 -32768 8000H < -454.0 -32768 8000H < 3.2 -32768 8000H Underflow

Measuring ranges for thermocouple Type N

Type N in °C

Units Type N in °F

Units Type N in K

Units Range Decimal Hexadec-

imal Decimal Hexadec-

imal Decimal Hexadec-

imal > 1550.0 32767 7FFFH > 2822.0 32767 7FFFH > 1823.2 32767 7FFFH Overflow 1550.0

: 1300.1

15500 :

13001

3C8CH :

32C9H

2822.0 :

2372.1

28220 :

23721

6E3CH :

5CA9H

1823.2 :

1573.3

18232 :

15733

4738H :

3D75H

Overrange

1300.0 :

-270.0

13000 :

-2700

32C8H :

F574H

2372.0 :

-454.0

23720 :

-4540

5CA8H :

EE44H

1573.2 :

3.2

15732 :

32

3D74H :

0020H

Nominal range

< -270.0 -32768 8000H < -454.0 <-32768 8000H < 3.2 -32768 8000H Underflow

Page 191: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.1 I/O device analog input

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 191

Representation of analog values for thermocouple type J

Type J in °C

Units Type J in °F

Units Type J in K

Units Range Decimal Hexadec-

imal Decimal Hexadec-

imal Decimal Hexadec-

imal > 1450.0 32767 7FFFH > 2642.0 32767 7FFFH > 1723.2 32767 7FFFH Overflow 1450.0

: 1200.1

14500 :

12001

38A4H :

2EE1H

2642.0 :

2192.1

26420 :

21921

6734H :

55A1H

1723.2 :

1473.3

17232 :

14733

4350H :

398DH

Overrange

1200.0 :

-210.0

12000 :

-2100

2EE0H :

F7CCH

2192.0 :

-346.0

21920 :

-3460

55A0H :

F27CH

1473.2 :

63.2

14732 :

632

398CH :

0278H

Nominal range

< -210.0 -32768 <8000H < -346.0 -32768 8000H < 63.2 -32768 8000H Underflow

Representation of analog values for thermocouple type K

Type K in °C

Units Type K in °F

Units Type K in K

Units Range Decimal Hexadec-

imal Decimal Hexadec-

imal Decimal Hexadec-

imal > 1622.0 32767 7FFFH > 2951.6 32767 7FFFH > 1895.2 32767 7FFFH Overflow 1622.0

: 1372.1

16220 :

13721

3F5CH :

3599H

2951.6 :

2501.7

29516 :

25017

734CH :

61B9H

1895.2 :

1645.3

18952 :

16453

4A08H :

4045H

Overrange

1372.0 :

-270.0

13720 :

-2700

3598H :

F574H

2501.6 :

-454.0

25016 :

-4540

61B8H :

EE44H

1645.2 :

3.2

16452 :

32

4044H :

0000H

Nominal range

< -270.0 -32768 8000H < -454.0 -32768 8000H < 3.2 -32768 8000H Underflow

10.1.7 Dynamic reference temperature with module 8 AI RTD/TC 8xM12

Properties You can measure the reference junction temperature of the measuring point by using the I/O device 8 AI RTD/TC 8xM12 or an external module from another station when you use the compensation type "Dynamic reference temperature". To do so, the reference temperature is transmitted with SFB 53 "WRREC" using the data record DS2 to the I/O device 8 AI RTD/TC 8xM12.

Requirements Standard function block SFB 53 "WRREC"

User program

Page 192: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.1 I/O device analog input

ET 200eco PN 192 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Programming Observe the following notes on the user program:

The permitted value range of the reference junction temperature in standard resolution corresponds to the temperature range Pt100 Climatic for platinum RTDs.

If a reference junction temperature is received in data record DS2 that is outside the permitted value range, a diagnostic interrupt "Reference channel fault" is signaled if the "Group diagnostics" parameter has been enabled.

All inputs signal overflow (32767) when you start the I/O device 8 AI RTD/TC 8xM12. After receiving a compensation value by means of the data record DS2, the I/O device starts reading the TC inputs and signals correct data.

The I/O device 8 AI RTD/TC 8xM12 has a watchdog set to 5 minutes that is reset after a new compensation value was received by means of DS2. If the I/O device in standard operation does not receive DS2 data within the 5-minute interval of the watchdog, a diagnostic interrupt "Reference channel fault" is signaled if the "Group diagnostics" parameter has been enabled.

When you use ET 200eco PN modules or other modules for measuring the reference junction temperature, the RTD module parameters/module parameters for the output structure and measuring accuracy must be represented in the DS2 by bytes 0 and 1. The figure below "Structure of data record DS2" illustrates this setting.

Page 193: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.1 I/O device analog input

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 193

Structure of data record DS2

Figure 10-3 Structure of data record DS2

Page 194: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.1 I/O device analog input

ET 200eco PN 194 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Table 10- 7 Reference temperature for TC

Temperature unit Decimal Hexadecimal Standard temperature unit Celsius -1450 to 1550 FA56H to 60EH Fahrenheit -2290 to 3110 F70EH to C26H Kelvin 1282 to 4282 502H to 10BAH Climatic temperature unit Celsius -14500 to 15500 C75CH to 3C8CH Fahrenheit -22900 to 31100 A68CH to 797CH Kelvin 12815 to 32760 320FH to 7FF8H

Note

You can use a separate reference junction for each channel due to the flexible structure of the data record DS2. You can also combine channels with the user program so that they use the same reference junction. All channels that operate with the same reference junction temperature must have the same temperature value in the DS2.

User program The following user program shows an example for the compensation type "Dynamic reference temperature" of channels 0 to 7 of the I/O device 8 AI RTD/TC 8xM12 of an RTD module. The reference junction temperature of the RTD module applies to all channels of the I/O device 8 AI RTD/TC 8xM12.

Requirements:

Input address of the I/O device 8 AI RTD/TC 8xM12: 120 (module address)

Input address of the RTD module: 136 (channel address)

Request bit for SFB "WRREC": M 20.0

Busy bit for SFB "WRREC": M 20.1

Memory for data transmission: MW 0 to MW 16

Page 195: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.1 I/O device analog input

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 195

STL Explanation

UN M 20.0 Checking the request: New Dynamic Ref. Temp.

UN M 20.1 Checking if WRREC is "Busy"

SPB END skip if no transmission is required

U M 20.1 Checking if WRREC is "Busy"

SPB WRT

// Create memory for data transmission

L B#16#1 Transmit temperature in hundredths of a degree (Pt100 Climatic)

T MB 0

L B#16#0 Transmit temperature in Celsius

T MB 1

L PIW 136 Read in reference junction temperature of an RTD module in the plant

T MW 2 for channel 0 of the 4 AI RTD/TC

T MW 4 for channel 1 of the 4 AI RTD/TC

T MW 6 for channel 2 of the 4 AI RTD/TC

T MW 8 for channel 3 of the 4 AI RTD/TC

T MW 10 for channel 4 of the 4 AI RTD/TC

T MW 12 for channel 5 of the 4 AI RTD/TC

T MW 14 for channel 6 of the 4 AI RTD/TC

T MW 16 for channel 7 of the 4 AI RTD/TC

// Transmit the reference junction temperature to the RTD/TC

WRT :CALL "WRREC", DB53

REQ :=M20.0 Request bit for data transmission

ID :=DW#16#78 Input address 120 of the 8 AI RTD/TC

INDEX :=2 Data record number must be set to 2

LEN :=18 Length 18 bytes

DONE :=

BUSY :=M20.1 Busy bit from SFB "WRREC"

ERROR :=

STATUS :=MD24

RECORD :=P#M0.0 BYTE 18 Pointer to memory for data transmission, length 18 bytes

U M 20.1 Checking if WRREC is "Busy"

SPB END

CLR

= M 20.0 Reset request for Dynamic Ref. Temp.

END :NOP 0

This is only an example. The logic and memory assignment have to be adapted to the structure of the used PLC program.

Addition information on SFB 53 "WRREC" is available in the System Software for S7-300/400 System and Standard Functions manual.

Page 196: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.2 I/O device analog output

ET 200eco PN 196 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

10.2 I/O device analog output

10.2.1 I/O device 4 AO U/I 4xM12

Article number 6ES7145-6HD00-0AB0

Properties 4 outputs for voltage or current output

Output ranges:

– ±10 V, resolution 15 bits + sign

– 1 to 5 V, resolution 15 bits

– 0 to 10 V, resolution 15 bits

– ±20 mA, resolution 15 bits + sign

– 4 to 20 mA, resolution 15 bits

– 0 to 20 mA, resolution 15 bits

Supply voltage DC 24 V

Dimensions 60 x 175 mm

Diagnostics

– "Missing 1L+" supply voltage

– "Sensor supply short-circuit"

– "Wire break"

– "Short-circuit"

– "Overload"

Parameterizable response to CPU/Master STOP

Prioritized startup

Media redundancy

Note

Incorrect intermediate values at the output are possible when supply voltage 1L+ is switched on and off.

Note

The outputs are in voltage mode and supply a signal 0 V until the parameter assignment becomes effective after switching on.

Page 197: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.2 I/O device analog output

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 197

Pin assignment You will find the pin assignment for the 4 AO U/I 4×M12 I/O device in the table below.

Table 10- 8 Pin assignment for voltage and current for the 4 AO U/I 4×M12 I/O device

Pin Assignment for U/I View of socket (front view) Socket X1 Socket X2 Socket X3 Socket X4

1 24 V actuator supply 1UA(derived from 1L+ non-switched)

2 Output signal Q0+ Q1+ Q2+ Q3+

3 Actuator supply ground 1M 4 Output signal

Q0- Q1- Q2- Q3- 5 Functional earth FE

Block diagram The block diagram below shows the 4 AO U/I 4×M12.

Figure 10-4 Block diagram 4 AO U/I 4xM12

Page 198: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.2 I/O device analog output

ET 200eco PN 198 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Technical data Technical data Dimensions and weight Dimensions W x H x D (mm) 60 x 175 x 49 Weight Approx. 930 g Module-specific data Transmission rate 100 Mbps full duplex Transmission mode 100BASE-TX Autonegotiation Yes Bus protocol PROFINET IO

• IRT with the option "high flexibility" • IRT with the option "high performance"

Supported Ethernet services PROFINET IO (Device) • ping • arp • LLDP • Network diagnostics (SNMP) • DCP • Prioritized startup • Media redundancy

PROFINET interface

• Connection socket 2 x M12 d-coded

• Switch function Yes, internal

• Auto-crossover Yes, if autonegotiation is enabled

Manufacturer ID (Vendor ID) 002AH Device ID (DeviceID) 0306H Voltages and currents Supply voltage 1L+ DC 24 V Reverse polarity protection Yes; against destruction

• Infeed current 1L+ Max. 4 A

Supply voltage 2L+ DC 24 V

• Infeed current 2L+ Max. 4 A

Current consumption

• From supply voltage (1L+) Typ. 280 mA

• From supply voltage (2L+) 0 A

Power loss of the device Typ. 5.5 W

Page 199: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.2 I/O device analog output

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 199

Technical data Analog outputs Number of outputs 4 Cable length, shielded Max. 30 m Voltage

• Short-circuit protection Yes, electronic, to ground

• Short-circuit current Max. 30 mA

Current

• No-load voltage Max. 20 V

Actuator supplies Number of actuator supplies 4 Total current Max. 1 A Short-circuit protection Yes, electronic

• Response threshold Min. 1.4 A

Actuator selection data Output ranges (Rated value) Voltage ±10 V

1 V to 5 V 0 V to 10 V

Current ±20 mA 4 to 20 mA 0 to 20 mA

Load resistance (in the Rated range of the output)

• For voltage outputs Min. 1 kΩ

• For voltage outputs, capacitive load Max. 1 μF

• For current outputs Max. 0.6 kΩ

• For current outputs, inductive load Max. 1 mH

Permissible input voltage at the output (destruc-tion limit)

28.8 V continuous, 35 V for 500 ms

Connection of actuators

• For voltage output, 2-wire connection Yes

• For current output, 2-wire connection Yes

Page 200: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.2 I/O device analog output

ET 200eco PN 200 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Technical data Formation of analog values Conversion principle Resistor network

• Conversion time per channel, in ms 1 ms

• Voltage resolution (including overrange) ±10 V/15 bits + sign 1 to 5 V/15 bits 0 to 10 V/15 bits

• Current resolution (including overrange) ±20 mA/15 bits + sign 4 to 20 mA/15 bits 0 to 20 mA/15 bits

Settling time U I

• For resistive load 1.3 ms 2 ms

• For capacitive load 1.8 ms -

• For inductive load - 2 ms

Ability to switch to substitute values Yes Interference suppression, error limits Crosstalk between outputs Min. 70 dB Operational limit (across the temperature range, relative to output range)

Ambient temperature positive negative

(0 °C to -25 °C)

negative (-25 °C to -40 °C)

U 0.1% 0.15% 0.3% I 0.15% 0.25% 0.4%

Basic error limit (operational limit at 25°C, relative to output range)

U 0.08% I 0.1%

Temperature error (relative to output range) Ambient temperature positive negative

U 0.001%/K 0.003%/K I 0.0025%/K 0.005%/K

Linearity error (relative to output range) ± 0.02% Repeat accuracy (in steady-state condition at 25°C, relative to output range)

±0.008%

Output ripple (relative to output range, bandwidth 0 to 50 kHz

U ±0.6 mVrms I ±0.4 nArms

Page 201: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.2 I/O device analog output

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 201

Technical data Status, interrupts, diagnostics Interrupts Yes Diagnostics functions

• Group error/maintenance Red/yellow "SF/MT" LED

• Bus monitoring PROFINET IO Red "BF" LED

• Monitoring of supply voltage 1L+ Green "ON" LED

• Existing connection to network Green "P1 LK" and "P2 LK" LED; LED for PROFINET IO infeed and loop-through

• Fault at analog output Red LED

• Diagnostic information can be read Yes

Monitoring for

• Supply voltage 1L+ Yes

• Sensor supply short-circuit Yes

• Short-circuit Yes; channel (voltage)

• Wire break Yes; channel (current)

• Thermal overload at output Yes; channel

Insulation Insulation test voltage

• Ethernet interface 1500 Vrms (IEEE802.3, Type Test)

• All other circuit elements 707 V DC (type test)

Electrical isolation

• Between 1L+ and 2L+ Yes

• Between 1L+, channels and all other circuit elements

No

• Between channels No

• Between Ethernet and all other circuit ele-ments

Yes

See also Response times for analog input device and output device (Page 260)

Page 202: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.2 I/O device analog output

ET 200eco PN 202 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

10.2.2 Parameter overview analog output

Parameters for analog output 4 AO U/I 4xM12 (6ES7145-6HD00-0AB0) Parameters Range of values Default setting Range of effective-

ness Group diagnostics • Disable

• Enable

Disable Device

Diagnostics, missing 1L+ • Disable • Enable

Disable Device

Diagnostics, sensor supply short-circuit

• Disable • Enable

Disable Device

Response to CPU/Master STOP

• Output has no current or voltage

• Retain last value • Switch to substitute

values

Output has no cur-rent or voltage

Device

Type of output • Disabled • Voltage • Current

Voltage Channel

Output range • 1 to 5 V • 0 to 10 V • ±10 V • 0 to 20 mA • 4 to 20 mA • ±20 mA

±10 V Channel

Diagnostics, wire break at outputs

• Disable • Enable

Disable Channel

Diagnostics, short-circuit at outputs

• Disable • Enable

Disable Channel

Diagnostics, overload • Disable • Enable

Disable Channel

Substitute value Each value in the nominal range, overrange, and underrange

0 Channel

Page 203: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.2 I/O device analog output

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 203

Output range Permitted substitute value 1 to 5 V 0.000 V to 5.704 V 0 to 10 V 0.000 V to 11.759 V ±10 V -11.759 V to 11.759 V 0 to 20 mA 0.000 mA to 23.518 mA 4 to 20 mA 0.000 mA to 22.814 mA ±20 mA -23.519 mA to 23.518 mA

10.2.3 Parameter description analog output

Group diagnostics You can generally enable and disable the diagnostics function of the device with this parameter.

The "Fault" and "Parameter assignment error" diagnostics functions are always independent of the group diagnostics.

Diagnostics, missing 1L+ If you enable this parameter, the check for missing supply voltage is enabled.

Diagnostics, sensor supply short circuit When this parameter is enabled, the system generates a diagnostics event if it detects a short-circuit of the sensor supply to ground. This diagnostics function is activated when the group diagnostics function is enabled.

Response to CPU/Master STOP Select how the module's outputs will respond to a CPU STOP:

Shut down

The I/O device goes to the safe state. The process image output is deleted (=0).

Keep last value

The I/O device retains the last value to be output before STOP.

Substitute value

The I/O device outputs the value for the channel set beforehand.

Note

Make sure that the plant is always in a safe state if "Keep last value" is selected.

Page 204: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.2 I/O device analog output

ET 200eco PN 204 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Type of output With this parameter, you set the output type, for example, voltage. For any unused channels, select the disabled setting. For a disabled channel, the conversion time and integration time of the channel = 0 s, and the cycle time is optimized.

Output range With this parameter, you set the output range of the selected output type.

Diagnostics, wire break (in current mode) When this parameter is enabled, the Wire break diagnostics event is generated when a wire break is detected. This diagnostics event cannot be detected in the zero range.

Diagnostics, short circuit (in voltage mode) If you enable this parameter, a diagnostics event is generated in the event of a short circuit in the output line. This diagnostics event cannot be detected in the zero range.

Diagnostics, overload If you enable this parameter, the diagnostics event is generated in the event of an overload.

Substitute values With this parameter, you enter a substitute value that the module is to output in CPU-STOP mode. The substitute value must be in the nominal range, overrange, or underrange.

10.2.4 Output ranges of analog output device

Output ranges for voltage and current: ±10 V; ±20 mA

Output range ±10 V

Output range ±20 mA

Units Range Decimal Hexadecimal

0.00 V 0.00 mA 32767 7FFFH Overflow 32512 7F00H

11.76 V 23.52 mA 32511 7EFFH Overrange 27649 6C01H

10 V 20 mA 27648 6C00H Nominal range 7.5 V 15 mA 20736 5100H

361.7 μV 723.4 nA 1 0001H 0 V 0 mA 0 0000H

-361.7 μV -723.4 nA -1 FFFFH

Page 205: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.2 I/O device analog output

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 205

Output range ±10 V

Output range ±20 mA

Units Range Decimal Hexadecimal

-7.5 V -15 mA -20736 AF00H -10 V -20 mA -27648 9400H

-27649 93FFH Underrange -11.76 V -23.52 mA -32512 8100H

-32513 80FFH Underflow 0.00 V 0.00 mA -32768 8000H

Output ranges for voltage and current: 1 to 5 V; 4 to 20 mA Output range 1 to

5 V Output range 4 to

20 mA Units Range

Decimal Hexadecimal 0.00 V 0.00 mA 32767 7FFFH Overflow

32512 7F00H 5.70 V 22.81 mA 32511 7EFFH Overrange

27649 6C01H 5 V 20 mA 27648 6C00H Nominal range 4 V 16 mA 20736 5100H

1 V + 144.7 µV 4 mA + 578.7 nA 1 0001H 1 V 4 mA 0 0000H

-1 FFFFH Underrange 0 V 0 mA -6912 E500H

-6913 E4FFH Underflow 0.00 V 0.00 mA -32768 8000H

Output ranges for voltage and current: 0 to 10 V; 0 to 20 mA Output range 0 to

10 V Output range 0 to

20 mA Units Range

Decimal Hexadecimal 0.00 V 0.00 mA 32767 7FFFH Overflow

32512 7F00H 11.76 V 23.52 mA 32511 7EFFH Overrange

27649 6C01H 10 V 20 mA 27648 6C00H Nominal range 7.5 V 15 mA 20736 5100H

361.7 μV 723.4 nA 1 0001H 0 V 0 mA 0 0000H

-1 FFFFH Underflow 0.00 V 0.00 mA -32768 8000H

Page 206: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O device analog input/analog output 10.3 Influence of the range of values

ET 200eco PN 206 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

10.3 Influence of the range of values

Influence of analog signal on input value The response of the I/O devices with analog inputs depends on the position of the input values within the range of values. The table below shows this dependency.

The measured value lies Result SF LED Diagnostics data range

of device Interrupt

Within the nominal range Measured value - - - Within the overrange/underrange Measured value - - - Within the overflow 7FFFH On Entry1 Diagnostic interrupt1 Within the underflow 8000H On Entry1 Diagnostic interrupt1 Before parameter assignment 7FFFH - - - Within an incorrect parameter as-signment2

Measured value On Entry Diagnostic interrupt

Within an incorrect initial parameter assignment

7FFFH On Entry Diagnostic interrupt

1 If the the group diagnostics and measuring range parameters are enabled for the input device. 2 If a channel was previously parameterized correctly, it continues running with the last parameters.

Influence of output value on analog output The response of I/O devices with analog outputs depends on the position of the input values within the range of values. The table below shows this dependency.

The output value lies Result SF LED Diagnostics data range

of device Interrupt

Within the nominal range Value from the IO Controller

- - -

Within the overrange/underrange Value from the IO Controller

- - -

Within the overflow 0 signal - - - Within the underflow 0 signal - - - Before parameter assignment 0 signal - - - Within an incorrect parameter as-signment1

Value from the IO Controller

On Entry Diagnostic interrupt

Within an incorrect initial parameter assignment

0 signal On Entry Diagnostic interrupt

1 If a channel was previously parameterized correctly, it continues running with the last parameters.

Page 207: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 207

IO-Link Master 11 11.1 IO-Link Master (6ES7148-6JA00-0AB0)

Article number 6ES7148-6JA00-0AB0

Properties The IO-Link Master 4 IO-L + 8 DI + 4 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 has the following technical specifications:

IO-Link Master according to IO-Link specification V1.0

Dimensions 60 x 175 mm

Double assignment of the sockets

4 IO-Link ports (Port Class A)

IO-Link ports can be used optionally as:

– 4 IO-Link devices as 3-conductor connection

– 4 standard actuators/encoders (SIO mode)

8 digital inputs and 4 digital outputs

Digital inputs

– Rated input voltage DC 24 V

– Suitable for switches and proximity switches

– Diagnostics

"Missing 2L+" for the I/O device

"Short-circuit to M at sensor supply", per channel group

"Wire break", per channel

– Channels 4 to 7 are diagnostics-capable, Channels 0 to 3 do not have diagnostics.

Page 208: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

IO-Link Master 11.1 IO-Link Master (6ES7148-6JA00-0AB0)

ET 200eco PN 208 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Digital outputs

– Rated load voltage DC 24 V

– Output current: 1.3 A per output

– Suitable for solenoid valves, DC contactors, and indicator lights

– Diagnostics

"Missing 2L+" for the I/O device

"Wire break at outputs" per channel

"Short-circuit to M at outputs" per channel

– Parameterizable response to CPU/Master STOP

Data transfer rates COM1 (4.8 kBaud), COM2 (38.4 kBaud)

The module supports the following functions:

Prioritized startup

Media redundancy (as of firmware V7.0)

General pin assignment

Table 11- 1 Pin assignment of sockets X1 to X4 for IO-Link Master and digital inputs

Pin Assignment View of socket (front view) Socket X1 Socket X2 Socket X3 Socket X4

1 24 V sensor supply 1US(derived from 1L+ non-switched)

2 Input signal DI0 DI1 DI2 DI3

3 Sensor supply ground 1M 4 IO-Link port 1 IO-Link port 2 IO-Link port 3 IO-Link port 4 5 Not used

Table 11- 2 Pin assignment of the sockets X5 to X6 for digital inputs

Pin Assignment View of socket (front view) Socket X5 Socket X6

1 24 V sensor supply 1US(derived from 1L+ non-switched)

2 Input signal DI5 DI7

3 Sensor supply ground 1M 4 Input signal

DI4 DI6 5 Functional earth FE

Page 209: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

IO-Link Master 11.1 IO-Link Master (6ES7148-6JA00-0AB0)

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 209

Table 11- 3 Pin assignment of sockets X7 and X8 for digital outputs

Pin Assignment View of socket (front view) Socket X7 (2L+ switched) Socket X8 (2L+ switched)

1 Not used

2 Output signal DQ1 DQ3

3 Supply ground 2M 4 Output signal

DQ0 DQ2 5 Functional earth FE

Block diagram The figure below shows the block diagram of the IO-Link Master 4 IO-L + 8 DI + 4 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12.

Figure 11-1 Block diagram of the IO-Link Master 4 IO-L + 8 DI + 4 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12

Page 210: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

IO-Link Master 11.1 IO-Link Master (6ES7148-6JA00-0AB0)

ET 200eco PN 210 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Technical data of the IO-Link Master Technical data Dimensions and weight Dimensions W x H x D (mm) 60 x 175 x 49 Weight Approx. 910 g Module-specific data Transmission rate 100 Mbps full duplex Transmission mode 100BASE-TX Autonegotiation Yes Bus protocol PROFINET IO

• IRT with the option "high flexibility"

Supported Ethernet services PROFINET IO (Device) • ping • arp • LLDP • Network diagnostics (SNMP) • DCP • Prioritized startup • Media redundancy (as of firmware V7.0)

PROFINET interface

• Connection socket 2 × M12 d-coded

• Switch function Yes, internal

• Auto-crossover Yes; if autonegotiation is enabled

Manufacturer ID (Vendor ID) 002AH Device ID (DeviceID) 0306H Voltages and currents Supply voltage 1L+ DC 24 V

• Reverse polarity protection Yes; against destruction

• Infeed current 1L+ Max. 4 A

Supply voltage 2L+ DC 24 V

• Reverse polarity protection Yes, against destruction, loads are activated

• Infeed current 2L+ Max. 4 A

Total current of the outputs

• All mounting positions to 60°C 3.9 A

Current consumption From supply voltage (1L+) Typ. 200 mA From supply voltage (2L+) Typ. 5 mA Power loss of the device Typ. 8 W

Page 211: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

IO-Link Master 11.1 IO-Link Master (6ES7148-6JA00-0AB0)

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 211

Technical data Insulation Insulation test voltage

• Ethernet interface 1500 Vrms (IEEE802.3, Type Test)

• All other circuit elements 707 V DC (type test)

Electrical isolation

• Between 1L+ and 2L+ Yes

• Between 1L+, channels and all other circuit elements

No

• Between channels No

• Between Ethernet and all other circuit ele-ments

Yes

Status, interrupts, diagnostics Interrupts Yes Diagnostics function Yes

• Group error/maintenance Red LED / yellow LED "SF/MT"

• Bus monitoring PROFINET IO Red "BF" LED

• Monitoring of supply voltage 1L+ Green "ON" LED

• Monitoring of supply voltage 2L+ Green "24 V DC" LED

• Existing connection to network Green "P1 LK" and "P2 LK" LED; LED for PROFINET IO infeed and loop-through

• IO-Link port Green LED "IO-L"

• Digital input/digital output Green LED

• Fault at digital input/digital output Red LED

• Diagnostic information can be read Yes

Monitoring for

• Missing 2L+ Yes

• Short-circuit of the sensor supply to M Yes, for Channels 4 to 7, per channel group

• Short-circuit at output (Channel 0 to 3) Yes, per channel

• Wire break at input Input current < 0.3 mA per channel

• Wire break at output (Channel 0 to 3) Yes, in the off state, per channel

Sensor supply Number of sensor supplies 6 (X1-X4 (IO-LINK/DI) and X5-X6 (DI)) Load current 200 mA per output to X1-X4 (IO-LINK/DI)

100 mA per output to X5-X6 (DI) Short-circuit protection Yes, electronic

Page 212: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

IO-Link Master 11.1 IO-Link Master (6ES7148-6JA00-0AB0)

ET 200eco PN 212 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Technical data IO-Link port Number of ports 4 Number of ports that can be controlled simulta-neously

4, in all mounting positions

IO-Link protocol 1.0 Yes IO-Link protocol 1.1 No Transmission rate 4.8 kBaud (COM1), 38.4 kBaud (COM2) Size of the process data, input per port 32 bytes Size of the process data, input per module 32 bytes Size of the process data, output per port 32 bytes Size of the process data, output per module 32 bytes Digital inputs Number of inputs 8 Number of inputs that can be controlled simulta-neously

8, in all mounting positions

Digital outputs Number of outputs 4 IO-Link Device selection data (Port 1 to 4) Cable length, unshielded Max. 20 m Connection of IO-Link devices Port type A Yes; with 3-wire cable Operating modes IO-Link Yes DI Yes DQ Yes Sensor selection data (input signals 0 to 7 only) Cable length, shielded Max. 30 m Cable length, unshielded Max. 30 m Input voltage

• Nominal value DC 24 V

• For signal "1" 11 to 30 V

• For signal "0" -3 to 5 V

Input current

• At signal "1" Typ. 7 mA

Input delay

• At "0" to "1" Typ. 3 ms

• At "1" to "0" Typ. 3 ms

Input characteristic According to IEC 61131, Type 3 Connection of 2-wire proximity switches Supported

• Permitted quiescent current Max. 1.5 mA

Page 213: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

IO-Link Master 11.1 IO-Link Master (6ES7148-6JA00-0AB0)

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 213

Technical data Actuator selection data (output signals 0 to 3 only) Cable length, shielded Max. 30 m Cable length, unshielded Max. 30 m Output voltage

• Nominal value DC 24 V

• For signal "1" Min. 1L+/2L+ (-0.8 V)

Output current

• At signal "1" Max. 1.3 A

• For "0" signal (residual current) Max. 1.5 mA

Load resistance range 22 Ω to 3.3 kΩ Lamp load Max. 5 W Parallel wiring of two outputs

• To increase performance No

• For redundant control of a load Supported

Controlling of a digital input Yes Switching frequency

• With resistive load Max. 100 Hz

• With inductive load Max. 0.5 Hz

• With lamp load Max. 1 Hz

Limiting of the inductive shutdown voltage to lamp load

Typ. 1L+/2L+ (-47 V)

Short-circuit protection of the output Yes, electronic

• Response threshold Typ. 1.8 A (per channel)

Page 214: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

IO-Link Master 11.1 IO-Link Master (6ES7148-6JA00-0AB0)

ET 200eco PN 214 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

11.1.1 Parameters for IO-Link Master

Parameters for the IO-Link Master 4 IO-L + 8 DI + 4 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 Parameters Range of values Default setting Range of effectiveness Slot 1 "4 IO-L" Group diagnostics • Disable

• Enable

Disable Slot 1

Diagnostics enable for Ports 1 • Disable • Enable

Disable Channel

Diagnostics enable for Port 2 • Disable • Enable

Disable Channel

Diagnostics enable for Port 3 • Disable • Enable

Disable Channel

Diagnostics enable for Port 4 • Disable • Enable

Disable Channel

Slot 2 "8 DI + 4 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12" Group diagnostics • Disable

• Enable

Disable Slot 2

Diagnostics: Missing 2L+ • Disable • Enable

Disable Channel group

Response to CPU/Master STOP • Shut down • Retain last value

Shut down Slot 2

Inputs Channel 4 Diagnostics: Short-circuit of

the sensor supply to M • Disable • Enable

Disable Channel group*

Diagnostics: Wire break • Disable • Enable

Disable Channel

Channel 5 Diagnostics: Short-circuit of the sensor supply to M

• Disable • Enable

Disable Channel group*

Diagnostics: Wire break • Disable • Enable

Disable Channel

Channel 6 Diagnostics: Short-circuit of the sensor supply to M

• Disable • Enable

Disable Channel group*

Diagnostics: Wire break • Disable • Enable

Disable Channel

Page 215: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

IO-Link Master 11.1 IO-Link Master (6ES7148-6JA00-0AB0)

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 215

Parameters Range of values Default setting Range of effectiveness Channel 7 Diagnostics: Short-circuit of

the sensor supply to M • Disable • Enable

Disable Channel group*

Diagnostics: Wire break • Disable • Enable

Disable Channel

Outputs Channel 0 Diagnostics: Short-circuit of

outputs to M • Disable • Enable

Disable Channel

Diagnostics: Wire break • Disable • Enable

Disable Channel

Channel 1 Diagnostics: Short-circuit of outputs to M

• Disable • Enable

Disable Channel

Diagnostics: Wire break • Disable • Enable

Disable Channel

Channel 2 Diagnostics: Short-circuit of outputs to M

• Disable • Enable

Disable Channel

Diagnostics: Wire break • Disable • Enable

Disable Channel

Channel 3 Diagnostics: Short-circuit of outputs to M

• Disable • Enable

Disable Channel

Diagnostics: Wire break • Disable • Enable

Disable Channel

* Channel group is defined by the digital inputs of the M12 socket. Example: • Channel 4 and Channel 5 form the channel group of connection socket X5. • Channel 6 and Channel 7 form the channel group of connection socket X7. Generally short-circuit monitoring of the M12 digital input socket is only carried once via Pin 1 (1L+) and Pin 3 (1M). The short-circuit parameterization can be used to select which channel of the M12 socket reports the short-circuit or whether both channels report the short-circuit.

Page 216: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

IO-Link Master 11.1 IO-Link Master (6ES7148-6JA00-0AB0)

ET 200eco PN 216 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

11.1.2 Functions

Introduction You can select one of the following operating modes for each of the four ports of the IO-Link Master:

IO-Link

DI

DQ

Disabled

You make the selection in the Port Configurator tool during parameterization. If no parameters have been assigned, the ports will be disabled.

Note Value status

The value status (PortQualifier) is relevant in IO-Link mode only.

Value status Each port has a value status display (PortQualifier) per device. The value status shows if the process data is valid or invalid.

By default, the value status (PortQualifier) is disabled.

IO-Link In IO-Link mode, the port is in IO-Link communication. There are two data transmission rates in this operating mode. COM1 with 4.8 kBaud; COM2 with 38.4 kBaud. The data transmission rate depends on the IO-Link Device used. The IO-Link Master and the IO-Link Device used automatically negotiate the maximum data transmission rate at startup.

DI In DI mode, a port of the IO-Link Master behaves like a standard DI.

DQ In DQ mode, a port of the IO-Link Master behaves like a standard DQ.

Disabled The respective port of the IO-Link Master is disabled in Disabled mode. The ports are disabled if the IO-Link Master has not yet been parameterized with S7-PCT (default setting).

Page 217: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

IO-Link Master 11.2 IO-Link Master (6ES7148-6JD00-0AB0)

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 217

Consistency width of 8 byte The IO-Link Master has a consistency width of 8 byte. In addition to the upper limit of 32 byte input and 32 byte output for the entire IO-Link Master, there are other upper limits of 8 byte input and 8 byte output per IO-Link Device (per port).

11.2 IO-Link Master (6ES7148-6JD00-0AB0)

Article number 6ES7148-6JD00-0AB0

Properties The IO-Link Master 4 IO-L 4×M12 has the following technical specifications:

IO-Link Master according to IO-Link specification V1.1

Dimensions 30 x 200 mm

4 IO-Link ports (Port Class B)

IO-Link ports can be used optionally as:

– 4 IO-Link devices (Port Class A oder Class B) with variable address area up to 32 byte inputs/32 byte outputs per port

– 4 standard actuators/encoders (SIO mode)

Data transfer rates COM1 (4.8 kBaud), COM2 (38.4 kBaud), COM3 (230.4 kBaud)

Identification and maintenance data I&M0 to I&M3

Media redundancy

Configurable diagnostics can be set per port (in IO-Link mode)

Hardware interrupts (in IO-Link mode)

The module supports the following functions:

Table 11- 4 Version dependencies of the functions of the module

Function Firmware version of the module Master backup with "IO_LINK_MASTER" function block As of V1.0 Port Qualifier Information (PQI) As of V1.0 IO-Link port configuration with S7-PCT (as of V3.4) As of V1.0 IO-Link port configuration without S7-PCT • IO-Link auto start • IO-Link manual

As of V1.0 As of V1.1

Page 218: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

IO-Link Master 11.2 IO-Link Master (6ES7148-6JD00-0AB0)

ET 200eco PN 218 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

General pin assignment

Table 11- 5 Pin assignment of sockets X1 to X4 for IO-Link master

Pin Assignment View of socket (front view) Socket X1 Socket X2 Socket X3 Socket X4

1 24 V sensor supply 1US (derived from 1L+ non-switched)

2 24 V actuator supply 2UA (derived from 2L+ switched) 3 Sensor supply ground 1M 4 IO-Link port 1 IO-Link port 2 IO-Link port 3 IO-Link port 4 5 Actuator supply ground 2M

Additional information on pin assignment including wiring examples for the 3- and 5-conductor connection (Port Class A or Class B) is available in the chapter Pin assignment for IO-Link Masters (Page 50).

Block diagram The figure below shows the block diagram of the IO-Link master 4 IO-L 4×M12.

Figure 11-2 Block diagram of the IO-Link Master 4 IO-L 4×M12

Page 219: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

IO-Link Master 11.2 IO-Link Master (6ES7148-6JD00-0AB0)

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 219

Technical data of the IO-Link Master Technical data Dimensions and weight Dimensions W x H x D (mm) 30 x 200 x 49 Weight Approx. 550 g Module-specific data Transmission rate 100 Mbps full duplex Transmission mode 100BASE-TX Autonegotiation Yes Bus protocol PROFINET IO

• IRT

Supported Ethernet services PROFINET IO (Device) • ping • arp • LLDP • Network diagnostics (SNMP) • DCP • Media redundancy

PROFINET interface

• Connection socket 2 × M12 d-coded

• Switch function Yes, internal

• Autocrossing Yes; if autonegotiation is enabled

Manufacturer ID (Vendor ID) 002AH Device ID (DeviceID) 0306H Voltages and currents Supply voltage 1L+ DC 24 V

• Reverse polarity protection Yes

• Infeed current 1L+ Max. 4 A

Load voltage 2L+ DC 24 V

• Reverse polarity protection Yes, against destruction, loads are activated

• Infeed current 2L+ Max. 4 A

Current consumption From supply voltage (1L+) Typ. 100 mA From supply voltage (2L+) Typ. 15 mA Power loss of the device Typ. 4.8 W

Page 220: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

IO-Link Master 11.2 IO-Link Master (6ES7148-6JD00-0AB0)

ET 200eco PN 220 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Technical data Insulation Insulation test voltage

• Ethernet interface 1500 Vrms (IEEE802.3, Type Test)

• All other circuit elements 707 V DC (type test)

Electrical isolation

• Electrical isolation / between the load voltag-es

Yes

• between load voltage and all other circuit elements

No

• Between Ethernet and electronic components Yes

Status, interrupts, diagnostics Interrupts Yes

• Hardware interrupt (device notification) Yes

Diagnostics function Yes

• Group error/maintenance Yes; red/yellow LED "SF/MT"

• Bus monitoring PROFINET IO Red "BF" LED

• Monitoring of supply voltage 1L+ Green "ON" LED

• Monitoring of supply voltage 2L+ Green "24 V DC" LED

• Existing connection to network Green "P1 LK" and "P2 LK" LED for PROFINET IO infeed and loop-through

• IO-Link port – Port in IO-Link mode – Port in SIO mode

green/red LED "IO-L" Green LED "Q"

• Diagnostic information can be read Yes

Monitoring for

• Missing 2L+ Yes

• Sensor supply short-circuit Yes; device supply to ground

Sensor supply Number of outputs 4 Load current 500 mA per output Short-circuit protection Yes, electronic IO-Link port Number of ports 4 Number of ports that can be controlled simulta-neously

4, in all mounting positions

IO-Link protocol 1.0 Yes IO-Link protocol 1.1 Yes Transmission rate 4.8 kBaud (COM1), 38.4 kBaud (COM2), 230.4

kBaud (COM3)

Page 221: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

IO-Link Master 11.2 IO-Link Master (6ES7148-6JD00-0AB0)

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 221

Technical data Size of the process data, input per port 32 bytes + 1 byte PQI Size of the process data, input per module 128 bytes + 4 bytes PQI Size of the process data, output per port 32 bytes Size of the process data, output per module 128 bytes Memory size for device parameters 2 Kbytes; for each port Master backup optional; with IO_LINK_MASTER function block Configuration without S7-PCT supported; autostart function Data for selection of an IO-Link device Cable length, unshielded Max. 20 m Connection of IO-Link devices Port type A Yes; with 3-wire cable Port type B Yes; additional device supply: Max. 2 A per Port,

max. 4 A per module Operating modes IO-Link Yes DI Yes DQ Yes; max. 100 mA

11.2.1 Configuration

Introduction The IO-Link Master 4 IO-L 4×M12 has four ports. Each port is represented by a submodule.

Configuration of the IO-Link port of the IO-Link Master 4 IO-L 4×M12 You specify the various operating modes of each IO-Link port by configuring a relevant submodule:

as digital input by configuring a digital input submodule,

as digital output by configuring a digital output submodule,

as IO-Link device by configuring an IO-Link submodule.

Port deactivated:

– In STEP 7 V5.5 and higher and with GSD: By deleting the submodule,

– in STEP 7 (TIA Portal): By deactivating the port enable.

The IO-Link ports are preconfigured as 2I + PQI.

Page 222: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

IO-Link Master 11.2 IO-Link Master (6ES7148-6JD00-0AB0)

ET 200eco PN 222 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

When configuring IO-Link submodules, you can select address spaces for I/O data in the following byte scales:

1 I/1 O + PQI

2 I + PQI

2 I/2 O + PQI

4 I/4 O + PQI

8 I/8 O + PQI

16 I/16 O + PQI

32 I/32 O + PQI

Note Port Qualifier Information (PQI)

The Port Qualifier Information (PQI) with the size of 1 byte is always transferred together with the input data of the IO-Link device. The PQI cannot be deactivated. Additional information on the structure of the PQI byte is available in the appendix I/O address space (Page 252).

Various parameters are available depending on the operating mode.

More information on the parameters is available in the chapter Parameter (Page 222).

11.2.2 Parameter

Port parameters for the IO-Link Master 4 IO-L 4×M12 The following tables show the parameters that you can set for each submodule (each port) of the 4 IO-L 4×M12 IO-Link Master.

Table 11- 6 Diagnostics

Parameters Range of values Default setting Diag: Missing 2L+ • Disable

• Enable

Disable

Diag: Port • Disable • Enable

Disable

Hardware interrupt (device notification)

• Disable • Enable

Disable

Page 223: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

IO-Link Master 11.2 IO-Link Master (6ES7148-6JD00-0AB0)

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 223

The following table shows the port parameters for 4 IO-L 4×M12 the IO-Link Master with firmware as of V1.1.

Table 11- 7 Port parameter

Parameter Range of values Default setting Port configuration without S7-PCT

• Disable • Enable

Disable

Operating mode • IO-Link auto start • IO-Link manual

IO-Link auto start

VendorID* Manufacturer ID of the connected IO-Link de-vice

0

DeviceID* Device ID of the connected IO-Link device 0 Test accuracy / data backup*

• Same type (V1.0) without backup & restore • Type compatible (V1.1) without backup &

restore • Type compatible (V1.1) with backup & re-

store • Type compatible (V1.1) with restore

Type compatible (V1.1) with backup & restore

* Only effective if you use the port mode "IO-Link Manual".

11.2.3 Explanation of the parameters

Diag: Missing 2L+ Enabling of diagnostics in the case of missing or insufficient load voltage 2L+.

Diag: Port Enabling of the diagnostics for the selected port. A distinction is made between error and maintenance interrupts during the diagnostics. The possible diagnostics depend IO-Link device used. More information on the diagnostic interrupts is available in the description of the IO-Link device that is used.

Hardware interrupt (device notification) Enabling of hardware interrupts for the selected port. The possible hardware interrupts depend on the IO-Link device that is used. More information on the hardware interrupts is available in the description of the IO-Link device that is used.

Note Configuration as digital input or output

Please not that you cannot activate any port parameters or diagnostic alarms in SIO mode.

Page 224: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

IO-Link Master 11.2 IO-Link Master (6ES7148-6JD00-0AB0)

ET 200eco PN 224 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Port configuration without S7-PCT This parameter enables the port configuration without S7-PCT for the module.

Note Changes to the port configuration

If you have assigned the parameters for the IO-Link device via port configuration without S7-PCT, or have configured the port as digital input, digital output or disabled, you can no longer change the port configuration via S7-PCT.

Operating mode This parameter specifies the mode in which the selected port is to be operated. The following options are available for selection:

IO-Link auto start

IO-Link manual

IO-Link auto start

The connected IO-Link device starts automatically (Plug & Play functionality) The IO-Link device is operational and immediately available to you.

IO-Link manual

The connected IO-Link Device is not started automatically. You have to store the VendorID and DeviceID of the connected IO-Link Device in STEP 7. In addition, you can select the test accuracy for data storage:

Same type (V1.0) without backup & restore

Type compatible (V1.1) without backup & restore

Type compatible (V1.1) with backup & restore

Type compatible (V1.1) with restore

You can find the VendorID and DeviceID on the Internet (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109748852).

See also I/O address space (Page 252)

Page 225: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

IO-Link Master 11.2 IO-Link Master (6ES7148-6JD00-0AB0)

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 225

11.2.4 Functions

Introduction A brief overview of the functions of the 4 IO-L 4×M12 IO-Link Master is presented below.

Master backup All relevant IO-Link-device parameters and IO-Link-master parameters are read with the function block "IO_LINK_MASTER". These an be stored retentively at a central location, for example, in a data block in the IO controller.

The status of the IO-Link devices and IO-Link ports can be restored with the "IO_LINK_MASTER" function block. The parameters of the IO-Link ports and the IO-Link master are assigned with the values stored in the master backup.

A typical use case is restoring the parameters after the exchange of the IO-Link master.

Note Availability

Note that the Master Backup function is only available for IO-Link devices that are specified for the IO-Link standard as of V1.1.

More information on the use of the function blocks for the master backup and master restore is available in the chapter Acyclic data exchange with the IO-Link library (Page 82).

More information on Master Backup and Master Restore is available in the Master Backup section of the Integration in the Automation System chapter of the IO-Link System (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/65949252) function manual.

Identification and maintenance data The identification and maintenance data (I&M data) is information that is saved as read-only (I data) or read/write (M data) on the module.

Identification data (I&M0): Manufacturer information on the module to which you only have read access and some of which may be printed on the module housing, for example, article number and serial number. Maintenance data (I&M1, 2, 3): Plant dependent information, such as installation location.

The identification data I&M support you in the following tasks:

Checking the plant configuration

Locating hardware modifications in a plant

Correcting errors in a plant

Modules are uniquely identifiable online with the I&M identification data.

In addition, you can read the identification data contained in the IO-Link device as I&M0 via the associated submodule.

Page 226: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

IO-Link Master 11.2 IO-Link Master (6ES7148-6JD00-0AB0)

ET 200eco PN 226 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Port Qualifier Information (PQI) Each port has a PortQualifierInformation (PQI). This PQI provides information on the port and IO-Link device status. The PQI is transferred cyclically with the process data. The PQI cannot be deactivated.

The structure of the PQI byte is available in the appendix I/O address space (Page 252).

Port configuration With a 4 IO-L 4×M12 IO-Link Master as of firmware version V1.1 you can commission the IO-Link submodules (ports) of the IO-Link Masters or the connected IO-Link Devices in two different ways:

Port configuration without S7-PCT

Port configuration with S7-PCT

Port configuration without S7-PCT Requirement

You have activated the "Port configuration with S7-PCT" check box at the configuration of the IO-Link Master submodules in STEP 7.

Procedure

You carry out the configuration of the IO-Link Master submodules directly in STEP 7:

Activating diagnostics

Port mode:

– Operation in "IO-Link auto start" mode (pre-selected)

– Operation in "IO-Link manual" mode

Note Changing settings of IO-Link devices

If in the further course of the project you want to carry out settings at the connected IO-Link Devices with S7-PCT, you require S7-PCT as of V3.5 with Hotfix 1.

Port configuration with S7-PCT Requirement

You have deactivated (default) the "Port configuration without S7-PCT" check box for the configuration of all the IO-Link Master submodules in STEP 7.

Procedure

You carry out the port configuration of the IO-Link Master via the Port Configuration Tool S7-PCT as of V3.2.

You can find more detailed information on the submodule configuration in the section "Configuration (Page 221)".

Page 227: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

IO-Link Master 11.2 IO-Link Master (6ES7148-6JD00-0AB0)

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 227

11.2.5 Interrupts

Introduction According to IEC 61131-9, IO-Link devices are able to generate events of the types error, warning and notification. These events are mapped directly to the interrupts of the assigned submodule.

Evaluating interrupts with IO controller The IO-Link Master 4 IO-L 4×M12 supports the following interrupts:

Diagnostic interrupts (at IO-Link Master / at submodule port)

Hardware interrupts (at submodule port)

Pull/plug interrupts (at submodule port)

Maintenance events (at submodule port)

In the case of an interrupt, the CPU of the IO controller automatically calls the interrupt OBs. The OB number and the start information provide you with information about the cause and class of the error.

You can obtain detailed information on the error event in the error OB with the "RALRM" instruction (read supplementary interrupt information).

System diagnostics In STEP 7 (TIA Portal), the innovated system diagnostics is available for the devices of the S7-1500 automation system (IO controller CPU S7-1500) and ET 200eco PN (IO device). Alarms are made available on the display of the S7-1500 CPU, the CPU Web server and the HMI device.

More information on system diagnostics is available in the Diagnostics function manual on the Internet (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/59192926).

11.2.5.1 Triggering of a diagnostic interrupt

Introduction All IO-Link events of the type error, which the IO-Link Device generates, as well as problems and errors at the IO-Link port (for example Diag: Missing 2L+), are mapped to the diagnostic interrupts for the assigned submodule.

Triggering of a diagnostic interrupt If you have assigned the parameters for the IO-Link master accordingly, this triggers a diagnostic interrupt for an incoming or outgoing event of the IO-Link device.

The CPU interrupts the processing of the user program and processes the diagnostic interrupt OB (OB 82). The event that led to the triggering of the interrupt is entered in the start information of the diagnostic interrupt OB.

Page 228: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

IO-Link Master 11.2 IO-Link Master (6ES7148-6JD00-0AB0)

ET 200eco PN 228 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

11.2.5.2 Triggering a hardware interrupt

Introduction All IO-Link events of the type notification which the IO-Link device generates are mapped to the hardware interrupts of the assigned submodule.

Triggering a hardware interrupt In the event of a hardware interrupt the CPU interrupts the processing of the user program and processes the hardware interrupt OB (for example, OB 40). The event that led to the triggering of the interrupt is entered in the start information of the hardware interrupt OB.

11.2.5.3 Triggering of a pull/plug interrupt

Introduction If your remove an IO-Link device or interrupt communication, a pull interrupt is generated by the assigned submodule. A plug interrupt is triggered as soon as the IO-Link device is plugged in again or IO-Link communication re-established.

Triggering of a pull/plug interrupt In the case of a pull/plug interrupt, the CPU interrupts the processing of the user program and process the pull/plug OB (OB 83). The event that led to the triggering of the interrupt is entered in the start information of the pull/plug OB.

11.2.6 Maintenance events

Introduction All IO-Link events of the type warning which the IO-Link device generates are mapped to the maintenance interrupts of the assigned submodule. The objective is early detection and elimination of potential disturbances. With the IO-Link master, maintenance events indicate to the user when a check or an exchange of network components is required.

The CPU interrupts processing of the user program and processes the diagnostics block OB82. The event which led to the triggering of the maintenance event is entered in the start information of the OB82.

System alarms in STEP 7 (TIA Portal) The maintenance information is generated in STEP 7 (TIA Portal) with the following system alarms: Maintenance demanded - symbolized for each port by a wrench (on a yellow background)

in the device view or in the hardware configuration.

You can find additional information in the STEP 7 online help.

Page 229: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

ET 200eco PN 229 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Terminal block and voltage distributor 12 12.1 Terminal block

Article number 6ES7194-6CA00-0AA0

Properties The terminal block has the following properties:

The terminal block can be inserted and screw-mounted on any I/O device

It can also be used separately.

It distributes 10 A per supply voltage 1L+ and 2L+ to the I/O devices. You can tap a maximum load of 4 A from each supply voltage of the I/O device. The voltages are protected with two 7.5 A fuses.

Pin assignment The tables below show the pin assignments.

Table 12- 1 Pin assignment of the insulation displacement terminal block.

Pin Assignment View of the insulation displacement terminal block:

1 24 V (1L+ non-switched)

2 Ground 1M (non-switched) 3 24 V (2L+ switched) 4 Ground 2M (switched)

Page 230: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Terminal block and voltage distributor 12.1 Terminal block

ET 200eco PN 230 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Table 12- 2 Pin assignment of the M12 connector

Pin Assignment View of the cable connector 1 24 V (1L+ non-switched)

2 Ground 2M (switched) 3 Ground 1M (non-switched) 4 24 V (2L+ switched)

Block diagram The block diagram below shows the terminal block.

Figure 12-1 Block diagram of the terminal block

Technical data Dimensions and Weight Dimensions W x H x D (mm) 30 x 50 x 98 Weight Approx. 90 g Current Infeed current 1L+ and 2L+ Max. 10 A per 1L+ and 2L+ Output current via the M12 connector Max. 4 A per 1L+ and 2L+ Power loss Power loss of the terminal block 1 W, typical

See also Installing the terminal block (Page 25)

Page 231: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Terminal block and voltage distributor 12.2 Voltage distributor

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 231

12.2 Voltage distributor

Article number 6ES7148-6CB00-0AA0

Properties The voltage distributor PD DC 24V 1×7/8" 4×M12 has the following properties:

It distributes the centrally fed supply voltage (7/8") to 4 connectors (M12).

Integrated electronic short-circuit protection

Direct connection of up to 4 I/O devices

Distribution of 1L+ and 2L+

Pin assignment The tables below show the pin assignments.

Table 12- 3 Pin assignment of the 7/8" connector as current input

Pin Assignment View of the 7/8" cable connector, 24 V connection

1 Ground 2M (switched)

2 Ground 1M (non-switched) 3 Functional earth FE 4 24 V (1L+ non-switched) 5 24 V (2L+ switched)

Table 12- 4 Pin assignment of the M12 connector as current output

Pin Assignment View of the M12 connection plug (front view)

1 24 V (1L+ non-switched)

2 Ground 2M (switched) 3 Ground 1M (non-switched) 4 24 V (2L+ switched) 5 Not used

Page 232: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Terminal block and voltage distributor 12.2 Voltage distributor

ET 200eco PN 232 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Block diagram The figure below shows the block diagram of the voltage distributor PD DC 24V 1×7/8" 4×M12.

Figure 12-2 Block diagram of the voltage distributor PD DC 24V 1×7/8" 4×M12

Technical data Dimensions and Weight Dimensions W x H x D (mm) 45 x 175 x 49 Weight Approx. 590 g Voltages and currents Supply voltage 1L+ DC 24 V

• Reverse polarity protection Yes; against destruction (continuously without load)

• Infeed current 1L+ 8 A

Supply voltage 2L+ DC 24 V

• Reverse polarity protection Yes; against destruction (continuously without load)

• Infeed current 2L+ 8 A

Page 233: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Terminal block and voltage distributor 12.2 Voltage distributor

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 233

Dimensions and Weight Total current of the outputs

• All mounting positions to 45 °C for X1 and X2 in total max. 4 A for 1L+ for X1 and X2 in total max. 4 A for 2L+ for X3 and X4 in total max. 4 A for 1L+ for X3 and X4 in total max. 4 A for 2L+

• All mounting positions to 55 °C for X1 and X2 in total max. 3 A for 1L+ for X1 and X2 in total max. 3 A for 2L+ for X3 and X4 in total max. 3 A for 1L+ for X3 and X4 in total max. 3 A for 2L+

• Number of outputs 4, with 1L+ and 2L+ each

Input voltage/loop-through Green LED "1L+" and "2L+"

• Nominal value DC 24 V

Short-circuit protection of the output Yes, electronic

• Response threshold Typ. 4.5 A

Power loss of the voltage distributor Typ. 3.5 W Insulation Insulation test voltage

• Ethernet interface 1500 Vrms (IEEE802.3, Type Test)

• All other circuit elements 707 V DC (type test)

Electrical isolation

• Between 1L+ and 2L+ Yes

Status, interrupts, diagnostics Diagnostics functions

• Input/output voltage Green LED "1L" and "2L"

Page 234: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 234

Signal names A A.1 Signal names

Signal names of the I/O devices Table A- 1 Signal names of the digital inputs and digital outputs (DI/DQ)

Signal name Meaning xL+ Input external auxiliary voltage DC (x: load group) xM Ground external auxiliary voltage DC (x: load group)

DIxUs Digital input (x: load group) DQxUs Digital output (x: load group) DIQxUs Digital input/digital output (x: load group)

USn Sensor supply voltage, channel n 1US 24 V sensor supply 1US(derived from 1L+ non-switched)

Table A- 2 Signal names of the analog inputs (AI)

Signal name Meaning xL+ Input external auxiliary voltage (x: load group) xM Ground external auxiliary voltage (x: load group) Mn+ Measuring input channel n (voltage, current, RTD, TC, etc.) Mn- Measuring input channel n (voltage, current, RTD, TC, etc.) ICn+ Power output power supply RTD channel n ICn- Power output power supply RTD channel n

UVn+ Infeed voltage for 2DMU USn Sensor supply voltage, channel n 1US 24 V sensor supply 1US(derived from 1L+ non-switched)

Table A- 3 Signal names of the analog outputs (AQ)

Signal name Meaning xL+ Input external auxiliary voltage (x: load group) xM Ground external auxiliary voltage (x: load group) Qn+ Output channel n (current or voltage) Qn- Output channel n (current or voltage) UAn Actuator supply voltage, channel n

Page 235: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

ET 200eco PN 235 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Article numbers B

I/O devices

Table B- 1 I/O devices: Article numbers

Designation Article number Digital input devices 8 DI DC 24V 4×M12 6ES7141-6BF00-0AB0 8 DI DC 24V 8×M12 6ES7141-6BG00-0AB0 16 DI DC 24V 8×M12 6ES7141-6BH00-0AB0 Digital output devices 8 DO DC 24V/1,3A 4×M12 6ES7142-6BF00-0AB0 8 DO DC 24V/0,5A 4×M12 6ES7142-6BF50-0AB0 8 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 6ES7142-6BG00-0AB0 8 DO DC 24V/2,0A 8×M12 6ES7142-6BR00-0AB0 16 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 6ES7142-6BH00-0AB0 Digital input/digital output device 8 DIO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 6ES7147-6BG00-0AB0 Analog input device 8 AI 4 U/I + 4 RTD/TC 8×M12 6ES7144-6KD00-0AB0 8 AI RTD/TC 8×M12 6ES7144-6KD50-0AB0 Analog output device 4 AO U/I 4×M12 6ES7145-6HD00-0AB0 IO-Link master 4 IO-L + 8 DI + 4 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 6ES7148-6JA00-0AB0 4 IO-L 4×M12 6ES7148-6JD00-0AB0

Accessories for I/O devices

Table B- 2 Accessories for I/O devices: Article numbers

Designation Article number Accessories Voltage distributor PD DC 24V 1x7/8" 4×M12 6ES7148-6CB00-0AA0 Terminal block 6ES7194-6CA00-0AA0 Mounting rail, 500 mm 6ES7194-6GA00-0AA0 Profile screws, 50 items 6ES7194-6MA00-0AA0 M12 cover caps 10 items/package, 10 items

3RX9802-0AA00

Page 236: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Article numbers

ET 200eco PN 236 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Designation Article number M12 cover caps AS-Interface 10 items/package, 10 items

3RK1901-1KA00

Labels 10 x 7 mm, pale turquoise, 816 items per pack

3RT1900-1SB10

Accessories for the interface "PROFINET M12 connection X1 P1/P2 LAN" Raw cables and connectors PROFINET M12 connector d coded with FastConnect connection system, 180°

1 item per pack

6GK1901-0DB10-6AA0

8 items per pack

6GK1901-0DB10-6AA8

PROFINET M12 connector d-coded with FastConnect connection system, 180°

1 item per pack

6GK1901-0DB20-6AA0

8 items per pack

6GK1901-0DB20-6AA8

PROFINET M12 connector d-coded, angled

3RK1902-2DA00

PROFINET FC cable

• FC TP Standard Cable 6XV1840-2AH10

• FC TP Trailing Cable 6XV1840-3AH10

• FC TP Trailing Cable GP 6XV1870-2D

• FC TP Marine Cable 6XV1840-4AH10

• FC TP Torsion Cable 6XV1870-2F

• FC TP Flexible Cable GP 6XV1870-2B

• FC TP FRNC Cable 6XV1871-2F

• FC TP Food Cable 6XV1871-2L

• FC TP Festoon Cable GP 6XV1871-2S

Preassembled cable PROFINET M12 connecting cable Trailing-type cable • Preassembled with M12 connectors 180°,

fixed lengths, 1 unit

0.3 m 6XV1870-8AE30 0.5 m 6XV1870-8AE50 1.0 m 6XV1870-8AH10 1.5 m 6XV1870-8AH15 2.0 m 6XV1870-8AH20 3.0 m 6XV1870-8AH30 5.0 m 6XV1870-8AH50 10.0 m 6XV1870-8AN10 15.0 m 6XV1870-8AN15

Page 237: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Article numbers

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 237

Designation Article number PROFINET M12 connecting cable Trailing-type cable • Preassembled with M12 connectors, angled,

fixed lengths, 1 unit

0.3 m 6XV1870-8GE30 0.5 m 6XV1870-8GE50 1.0 m 6XV1870-8GH10 1.5 m 6XV1870-8GH15 2.0 m 6XV1870-8GH20 3.0 m 6XV1870-8GH30 5.0 m 6XV1870-8GH50 10.0 m 6XV1870-8GN10 15.0 m 6XV1870-8GN15

PROFINET M12 connecting cable Trailing-type cable • Preassembled with M12 connector at one end (one

end with pin, one end open), fixed lengths, 1 item:

3.0 m 3RK1902-2HB30 3.0 m 3RK1902-2HB50 10.0 m 3RK1902-2HC10

PROFINET M12 connecting cable Trailing-type cable • Preassembled at one end with M12 connector 180°

(pin), other side with RJ45 plug 145°, fixed lengths, 1 item

2.0 m 6XV1871-5TH20 3.0 m 6XV1871-5TH30 5.0 m 6XV1871-5TH50 10.0 m 6XV1871-5TN10 15.0 m 6XV1871-5TN15

IE FC Robust Food Cable GP 2×2 • Preassembled at both ends with M12 connectors (d-

coded), 1 unit

1.0 m 6XV1881-5AH10 2.0 m 6XV1881-5AH20 3.0 m 6XV1881-5AH30 5.0 m 6XV1881-5AH50

Y-cable for connection of two I/Os, 5-pole M12, 200 mm 6ES7194-6KA00-0XA0 Accessory for the interface "M12-socket X1 to X4/X8" Non-converted connector M12 connector, 5-pole, screw-type terminal, max. 0.75 mm², A-coded, max. 4 A, 1 unit

3RK1902-4BA00-5AA0

M12 connector angled, 5-pole, screw-type terminal, max. 0.75 mm², A-coded, max. 4 A, 1 unit

3RK1902-4DA00-5AA0

M12 plug-in cables, shielded, for connecting digital and analog sensors and actuators

(on request)

Preassembled cables and connectors Connecting cable M12-M12, 3-pin, PUR cable, 3 × 0.34 mm2, Type E, L, IP67, NO, straight female con-nector M12 to straight male connector M12

1.5 m 3RK19024PB15-3AA0

M12 connecting cables (PUR sheath), A-coded, max. 4 A • Preassembled at both ends, 3 x 0.34 mm2, fixed

lengths, 1 item

1.5 m 3RK1902-4PB15-3AA0 5.0 m 6GT2891-4MH50 10.0 m 6GT2891-4MH10

M12 connecting cables (PUR sheath), A-coded, max. 4 A • Preassembled with M12 connector at one end, angled

(one end with socket, one end open), 5 x 0.35 mm2, fixed lengths, 1 item

1.5 m 3RK1902-4HB15-5AA0 5 m 3RK1902-4HB50-5AA0 10 m 3RK1902-4HC01-5AA0

M12 compensation connector for thermocouples 6ES7194-4AB00-0AA0

Page 238: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Article numbers

ET 200eco PN 238 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Designation Article number Accessories for the interface "DC 24 V IN/OUT M12 (X02/X03)" Raw cables and connectors IE Power M12 Cable Connector PRO, plug-in connector for connection to PS791-1PRO power supply for 24 V DC supply voltage with mounting instructions, 4-pin, A-coded, 3 units

6GK1907-0DB10-6AA3

IE Power M12 Cable Connector Pro, connection socket for connecting SCALANCE W-700/X208PRO for 24 V DC supply voltage with mounting instructions, 4-pin, A-coded, 3 items

6GK1907-0DC10-6AA3

Power M12 connector angled, 4-pole, screw-type terminal, max. 0.75 mm², A-coded, max. 4 A, 1 unit

3RK1902-4CA00-4AA0

Power M12 connector angled, 5-pole, screw-type terminal, max. 0.75 mm², A-coded, max. 4 A, 1 unit

3RK1902-4DA00-5AA0

Preassembled cables and connectors Power Connecting Cable M12-180/M12-180 for power supply of the ET 200, preassembled cable with M12 con-nector and M12 socket, A-coded, 5-pin

0.3 m 6XV1801-5DE30 0.5 m 6XV1801-5DE50 1.0 m 6XV1801-5DH10 1.5 m 6XV1801-5DH15 2.0 m 6XV1801-5DH20 3.0 m 6XV1801-5DH30 5.0 m 6XV1801-5DH50 10.0 m 6XV1801-5DN10 15.0 m 6XV1801-5DN15

Power Connecting Cable M12-90/M12-90 for power sup-ply of the ET 200, preassembled cable with M12 connect-or and M12 socket, A-coded, 5-pin

0.3 m 6XV1801-5GE30 0.5 m 6XV1801-5GE50 1.0 m 6XV1801-5GH10 1.5 m 6XV1801-5GH15 2.0 m 6XV1801-5GH20 3.0 m 6XV1801-5GH30 5.0 m 6XV1801-5GH50 10.0 m 6XV1801-5GN10 15.0 m 6XV1801-5GN15

Robust Power Connecting Cable M12-180/M12-180 for power supply of the ET 200, preassembled cable with M12 connector and M12 socket, A-coded, 5-pin

1.0 m 6XV1801-5AH10 2.0 m 6XV1801-5AH20 3.0 m 6XV1801-5AH30 5.0 m 6XV1801-5AH50

Page 239: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Article numbers

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 239

Accessories for voltage distributors

Table B- 3 Accessories for voltage distributors: Article numbers

Designation Article number Accessories for the interface "DC 24V IN 7/8" (X05)" Raw cables and connectors 7/8" connector with axial cable exit for field assembly ET 200, female insert

6KG1905-0FB00

7/8" connector (screw mechanism), angled, socket insert, 5 items/package

3RK1902-3DA00

Energy Cable power cable suitable for cable carriers, 5 x 1.5 mm2 Sold by meter, min. ordering quantity 20 m, Delivery unit max. 1000 m, 1 m

6XV1830-8AH10

Preassembled cables and connectors Power Connecting Cable M12-180/M12-180 for power supply of the ET 200, preassembled cable with M12 con-nector and M12 socket, A-coded, 5-pin

0.3 m 6XV1801-5DE30 0.5 m 6XV1801-5DE50 1.0 m 6XV1801-5DH10 1.5 m 6XV1801-5DH15 2.0 m 6XV1801-5DH20 3.0 m 6XV1801-5DH30 5.0 m 6XV1801-5DH50 10.0 m 6XV1801-5DN10 15.0 m 6XV1801-5DN15

Power Connecting Cable M12-90/M12-90 for power sup-ply of the ET 200, preassembled cable with M12 connect-or and M12 socket, A-coded, 5-pin

0.3 m 6XV1801-5GE30 0.5 m 6XV1801-5GE50 1.0 m 6XV1801-5GH10 1.5 m 6XV1801-5GH15 2.0 m 6XV1801-5GH20 3.0 m 6XV1801-5GH30 5.0 m 6XV1801-5GH50 10.0 m 6XV1801-5GN10 15.0 m 6XV1801-5GN15

Robust Power Connecting Cable M12-180/M12-180 for power supply of the ET 200, preassembled cable with M12 connector and M12 socket, A-coded, 5-pin

1.0 m 6XV1801-5AH10 2.0 m 6XV1801-5AH20 3.0 m 6XV1801-5AH30 5.0 m 6XV1801-5AH50

Page 240: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Article numbers

ET 200eco PN 240 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Designation Article number 7/8" connecting cable for power supply of the ET 200, preassembled cable with 7/8" connectors 180° at both sides (one side female connector, one side male connect-or), 5-pole

0.3 m 6XV1822-5BE30 0.5 m 6XV1822-5BE50 1.0 m 6XV1822-5BH10 1.5 m 6XV1822-5BH15 2.0 m 6XV1822-5BH20 3.0 m 6XV1822-5BH30 5.0 m 6XV1822-5BH50 10.0 m 6XV1822-5BN10 15.0 m 6XV1822-5BN15

7/8" connecting cable for power supply of the ET 200, preassembled cable with 7/8" connectors angled at both sides (one side female connector, one side male connect-or), 5-pole

1.5 m 6XV1822-5BH15-0SB0* 2.0 m 6XV1822-5BH20-0SB0* 3.0 m 3RK1902-3NB30 5.0 m 3RK1902-3NB50 10.0 m 3RK1902-3NC10 15.0 m 6XV1822-5BN15-0SB0*

7/8" connecting cable for power supply of the ET 200, preassembled at one side with 7/8" connector angled (one side female connector, one side male connector), 5-pole

3.0 m 3RK1902-3GB30 5.0 m 3RK1902-3GB50 10.0 m 3RK1902-3GC10

* Order via Org-ID 10001539

Spare parts

Table B- 4 Spare parts: Article numbers

Designation Article number Spare fuses for terminal block (Miniature copper flat fuse, type FK1, 7.5 A, fast-blow), 10 pieces

6ES7194-6HB00-0AA0

PROFINET IO Technical book Contents Article number Automating with PROFINET - Industrial Communication based on Industrial Ethernet

This book provides an introduction to the new PROFINET technology

Commercial book number: ISBN 3-89578-244-0

SIMATIC Manual Collection Designation Contents Article number SIMATIC Manual Collection Contains all SIMATIC manuals in

electronic format 6ES7998-8XC01-8YE0

Page 241: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Article numbers

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 241

Technical Product Data - CD ROM Designation Contents Article number Technical Product Data for CAx Applications

Contains the following technical product data for CAD/CAE systems: • Technical data according to ECAD

component standard V1.2 • Graphical data (drawings) • Circuit-diagram macros

6ES7991-0CC00-0YX0

Page 242: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 242

Dimensional drawings C C.1 Dimensional drawings

Dimensional drawing of the I/O devices of 30 mm width The figure shows the dimensional drawing of the I/O devices:

8 DI DC 24V 4×M12

8 DO DC 24V/1,3A 4×M12

8 DO DC 24V/0,5A 4×M12

4 IO-L 4×M12

Page 243: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Dimensional drawings C.1 Dimensional drawings

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 243

Dimensional drawing of the I/O devices of 60 mm width The figure shows the dimensional drawing of the I/O devices:

8 DI DC 24V 8×M12 (current figure)

16 DI DC 24V 8×M12

8 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12

8 DO DC 24V/2,0A 8×M12

16 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12

8 DIO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12

8 AI 4 U/I + 4 RTD/TC 8×M12

8 AI RTD/TC 8×M12

4 IO-L + 8 DI + 4 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12

Page 244: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Dimensional drawings C.1 Dimensional drawings

ET 200eco PN 244 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Dimensional drawing of the I/O devices of 60 mm width (with 4 I/O connectors) The figure shows the dimensional drawing of the I/O devices:

4 AO U/I 4×M12

Page 245: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Dimensional drawings C.1 Dimensional drawings

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 245

Dimensional drawing of the voltage distributor The figure shows the dimensional drawing of the voltage distributor PD DC 24V 1×7/8" 4×M12

Page 246: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Dimensional drawings C.1 Dimensional drawings

ET 200eco PN 246 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Dimensional drawing of the terminal block The figure shows the dimensional drawing of the terminal block:

Separately

Installed on an I/O device

Page 247: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Dimensional drawings C.1 Dimensional drawings

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 247

Dimensional drawing of the mounting rail The figure shows the dimensional drawing of the mounting rail:

Separately

with an I/O device of 30 mm width

with an I/O device of 60 mm width

Page 248: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 248

Connection examples D D.1 Connection of resistance thermometers to the analog inputs

Connection example 8 AI RTD/TC 8xM12 The figure below shows connection examples for 2-, 3- and 4-conductor connections.

2-conductor

3-conductor

4-conductor

Figure D-1 Connection examples: 2-, 3- and 4-conductor

Page 249: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Connection examples D.2 Connection of thermocouples to the analog inputs

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 249

D.2 Connection of thermocouples to the analog inputs

Introduction Different options are available for the analog I/O device 8 AI RTD/TC 8xM12 for compensation of the reference junction temperature. The corresponding connection examples are shown below. In practice, different connection variants may be possible due to the conditions on site.

Connection example "No" compensation as reference junction

① Copper cables ② e. g. compensating box (per channel); thermocouple type B does not need a compensating box ③ Thermocouple

Figure D-2 Connection example "No" compensation as reference junction

Connection example "Internal" compensation or "Fixed reference temperature" as reference junction

① Direct connection of the thermocouple or with compensating lines ② Thermocouple

Figure D-3 Connection example "Internal" compensation or "Fixed reference temperature" as reference junction

Page 250: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Connection examples D.2 Connection of thermocouples to the analog inputs

ET 200eco PN 250 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Connection example "RTD (0)" as reference junction With M12 compensation connector (integrated resistance thermometer Pt1000)

① Direct connection of the thermocouple or with compensating lines ② M12 compensation connector (terminals 1 and 3 assigned with internal Pt1000) only on

round socket X1. The comparison value of the M12 compensation connector at round socket X1 also applies to thermocouples at X2, X3, X4, X5, X6, X7 and X8.

③ Thermocouple Figure D-4 Connection example "RTD (0)" as reference junction in M12 compensation connector

With external resistance thermometer Pt1000

① M12 connector only on round socket X1 ② External Pt1000 (α = 0.003851) in the area of the reference junction with copper cables at

terminals 1 and 3. The comparison value of the external Pt1000 at round socket X1 also applies to thermocouples at X2, X3, X4, X5, X6, X7 and X8.

③ Thermocouple Figure D-5 Connection example "RTD (0)" as reference junction with external Pt1000

Page 251: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Connection examples D.2 Connection of thermocouples to the analog inputs

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 251

Connection example "Dynamic reference temperature" as reference junction

① Copper cables ② Thermocouple at 8 AI RTD/TC 8xM12 ③ e. g. Pt100 in the area of the reference junction ④ RTD module of another station

Figure D-6 Connection example "Dynamic reference temperature" as reference junction

Page 252: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 252

I/O address space E

I/O device 8 DI DC 24V 4×M12 Assignment in the process image inputs per device:

Figure E-1 Address space of 8 DI DC 24V 4×M12 I/O device

I/O device 8 DI DC 24V 8×M12 Assignment in the process image inputs per device:

Figure E-2 Address space of 8DI DC 24V 8×M12 I/O device

Page 253: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O address space

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 253

I/O device 16 DI DC 24V 8×M12 Assignment in the process image inputs per device:

Figure E-3 Address space of 16 DI DC 24V 8×M12 I/O device

I/O device 8 DO DC 24V/1,3A 4×M12 Assignment in the process image output per device:

Figure E-4 Address space of 8 DO DC 24V/1,3A 4×M12 I/O device

Page 254: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O address space

ET 200eco PN 254 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

I/O device 8 DO DC 24V/0,5A 4×M12 Assignment in the process image output per device:

Figure E-5 Address space of 8 DO DC 24V/0,5A 4×M12 I/O device

I/O device 8 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 and 8 DO DC 24V/2,0A 8×M12 Assignment in the process image output per device:

Figure E-6 Address space of I/O device 8 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 and 8 DO DC 24V/2,0A 8×M12

Page 255: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O address space

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 255

I/O device 16 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 Assignment in the process image output per device:

Figure E-7 Address space of 16 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 I/O device

I/O device 8 DIO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 Assignment in the process image inputs per device:

Figure E-8 Address space of 8 DIO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 I/O device

Page 256: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O address space

ET 200eco PN 256 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

I/O device 8 AI 4 U/I + 4 RTD/TC 8×M12 Assignment in the process image inputs per device:

Figure E-9 Address space of 8 AI 4 U/I + 4 RTD/TC 8×M12 I/O device

I/O device 8 AI RTD/TC 8×M12 Assignment in the process image inputs per device:

Figure E-10 Address space of 8 AI RTD/TC 8×M12 I/O device

Page 257: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O address space

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 257

I/O device 4 AO U/I 4×M12 Assignment in the process image output per device:

Figure E-11 Address space of 4 AO U/I 4×M12 I/O device

IO-Link Master 4 IO-L + 8 DI + 4 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 During the STEP 7 configuration, you can select the address space according to use.

During GSD configuration, Slot 1 "4 IO-L" has fixed 32 bytes input and 32 bytes output. Addressing of the input and output data can be selected freely using S7-PCT.

Note Value status (PortQualifier)

The value status (PortQualifier) is disabled by default. An active value status (PortQualifier) is generally at byte x, bit 0 to bit 3. It can also be placed freely within the address space (byte x to x+32).

Assignment of the inputs and IO-Link channels as an example:

Figure E-12 Address space of the IO-Link channels of the IO-Link Master 4 IO-L + 8 DI + 4 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12

Page 258: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O address space

ET 200eco PN 258 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Slot "8 DI + 4DO" has its own address space. The scope amounts to one byte inputs and one byte outputs.

Figure E-13 Address space of the inputs and outputs of the IO-Link Master 4 IO-L + 8 DI + 4 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12

IO-Link Master 4 IO-L 4×M12 During the configuration, you can select the address space according to use.

SIO mode

The following figures show the assignment of the address spaces of a submodule/port with the IO-Link Master 4 IO-L 4×M12, if you have configured the port as digital input or digital output in SIO mode.

Figure E-14 Address space of the inputs of the IO-Link Master 4 IO-L 4×M12 in SIO mode

Figure E-15 Address space of the outputs of the IO-Link Master 4 IO-L 4×M12 in the SIO mode

Page 259: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

I/O address space

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 259

IO-Link mode

The following figure shows the assignment of the address spaces of a submodule/port with the IO-Link Master 4 IO-L 4×M12, if you have configured the port in IO-Link mode.

Figure E-16 Address space of the inputs and outputs and of the PQI byte of the IO-Link Master 4 IO-L 4×M12 in IO-Link

mode

Page 260: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 260

Response times for analog input device and output device F F.1 Response times for analog input device

Conversion time The basic conversion time depends directly on the conversion method of the analog input channel (integrating method, instantaneous value conversion). For the integrating conversion method, the integration time is included directly in the conversion time. The integration time depends on the interference frequency suppression.

For information on the basic conversion times and additional processing times of the individual analog devices, refer to the technical data of the corresponding analog I/O device.

Cycle time The analog-digital conversion and the transfer of the digitized measured values to memory or to the backplane bus take place sequentially. In other words, the analog input channels are converted one after the other. The cycle time, that is, the time until an analog input value is converted again, is the sum of the conversion times of all the activated analog input channels of the analog input devices. You should deactivate unused analog input channels during parameter assignment in order to reduce the cycle time. The conversion and integration time for a deactivated channel is 0.

The figure below provides an overview of the cycle time elements of an n-channel analog input device.

Figure F-1 Cycle time for analog input devices

Settling time See Smoothing.

Page 261: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Response times for analog input device and output device F.2 Response times for analog output device

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 261

F.2 Response times for analog output device

Conversion time The conversion time of the analog output channels includes the transfer of digitized output values from internal memory, and their digital-to-analog conversion.

Cycle time The analog output channels are converted for the device with an execution time plus the sequential conversion time for channels 0, 1, 2, and 3.

The cycle time, i.e., the time until an analog output value is converted again, is the sum of the conversion times of all the activated analog output channels and of the processing time of the analog output device. You should deactivate unused analog output channels during parameter assignment in order to reduce the cycle time. The conversion time for a deactivated channel is 0 ms.

The following figure provides you with an overview of the cycle time elements for an analog output device.

Figure F-2 Cycle time of analog output modules

Settling time The settling time (t2 to t3)—that is, the time from the application of the converted value until the specified value is reached at the analog output—depends on the load. We therefore distinguish between resistive, capacitive, and inductive loads.

Page 262: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Response times for analog input device and output device F.2 Response times for analog output device

ET 200eco PN 262 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Response time The response time (t1 to t3)—that is, the time from the application of the digital output values in internal memory until the specified value is reached at the analog output—is, in the most unfavorable case, the sum of the cycle time and the settling time. The worst case scenario is when the analog channel has been converted immediately before a new output value is transferred and is not converted again until all other channels have been converted (cycle time).

This figure shows the response time of an analog output channel:

tA Response time tZ Cycle time, corresponding to the processing time of the device and the conversion time of the

channel tE Settling time t1 New digital output value applied t2 Output value transferred and converted t3 Specified output value obtained

Figure F-3 Response time of an analog output channel

Page 263: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

ET 200eco PN 263 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Fail-safe shutdown of ET 200eco PN standard modules G G.1 Back-up oriented shutdown of ET 200eco PN standard modules

Introduction The following structure describes how you can shutdown ET 200eco PN standard modules in a fail-safe manner.

Through the displayed structure (with the safety shutdown device: for example, 3TK28), all digital outputs that are connected to the supply 2L+ and 2M (24 V switched) from the ET 200eco PN standard modules are switched to the secure OFF state. Here the safety class SIL2/Category 3/PLd is reached.

Principle of operation The higher-level safety shutdown device (e.g. 3TK28) disconnects the supplies 2L+ and 2M switched. The ET 200eco PN standard modules running on the supply 2L+ and 2M (24 V switched) and their digital outputs are switched to the safe state. The digital outputs connected to the supply 1L+ and 1M (24 V non-switched) are not intended for switching under normal operating conditions and cannot be safely shutdown.

There is no opposite influence of the outputs.

Page 264: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Fail-safe shutdown of ET 200eco PN standard modules G.1 Back-up oriented shutdown of ET 200eco PN standard modules

ET 200eco PN 264 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Block diagram

Figure G-1 Higher-level safety shutdown of the outputs

WARNING

If you use a pp-switching safety shutdown device, you have to lay the power supply cable to the connection of the ET 200eco PN modules in a manner secure against short-circuits.

Note the EN 60204-1 standard, "Safely protected routing"!

Request TÜV certificate (report no. SA76041 T, revision 1.0 from 03.30.2010) You can request copies of the TÜV certificate and the accompanying report at the following address:

Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Automation Technology Sector I IA AS R&D DH A3 Postfach 1963 D-92209 Amberg

Page 265: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 265

Open Source Software H

For Resellers: In order to avoid infringements of the license conditions by the reseller or the buyer, these notes and conditions and accompanying data carrier – if applicable - have to be forwarded to the buyers.

Please note:

This software is protected under Copyright Laws. Unauthorized usage of this software or parts of it may result in claims for damages and will be prosecuted according to criminal as well as civil law.

This software may only be used by authorized users who have a valid license to use this software. Such a license can have been acquired by entering into a license agreement with a Siemens company or an authorized third party supplier. Please read the license terms and conditions contained in your license agreement carefully before installing and using this software.

The license agreement together with a receipt, invoice or other purchase documentation will serve as proof that you have a valid license to use this software. Please keep such proof of your valid license in order to be able to present it in case of doubt. Any use without such license or outside of the granted scope is explicitly prohibited. If you do not have a valid license, please stop using the software immediately and contact your Siemens Company or your local supplier in order to avoid claims for damages against you or your company.

License Conditions and Disclaimers for Open Source Software and other Licensed Software

In the product "ET 200eco PN IO-Link Master 4xM12 - V1.0", Copyright Siemens AG, 2016 (hereinafter "Product"), the following Open Source Software is used either unchanged or in a form that we have modified, and additionally the other License Software noted below:

Liability for Open Source Software

Open Source Software is provided free of charge. We are liable for the Product including Open Source Software contained in accordance with the license conditions applicable to the Product. Any liability for use of Open Source Software beyond the program flow intended for the Product is explicitly excluded. Furthermore, any liability for defects resulting from modifications to the Open Source Software by you or third parties is excluded.

We do not provide any technical support for the Product if it has been modified.

Please note the following license conditions and copyright notices applicable to Open Source Software and other License Software: Component Open Source

Software [Yes/No]

Acknowl-edgements

Copyright Information / File

OpenRTOS - 8.2

No LICENSE AND COPYRIGHT INFORMATION FOR COMPONENT OPENRTOS - 8.2

TPS-1 FW-Stack - 1.3

No LICENSE AND COPYRIGHT INFORMATION FOR COMPONENT TPS-1 FW-STACK - 1.3

Page 266: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Open Source Software

ET 200eco PN 266 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Page 267: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 267

Glossary

Automation system Programmable logic controller for the open-loop and closed-loop control of process sequences of the process engineering industry and manufacturing technology. The automation system consists of different components and integrated system functions depending on the automation task.

Autonegotiation Configuration protocol in the Fast Ethernet. Before the actual data transmission, the devices on the network agree a transfer mode that each participating device can master (100 Mbps or 10 Mbps, full-duplex or half-duplex).

Baud rate The speed at which data is transferred, which indicates the number of bits per second (baud rate = bit rate).

Bus Data transfer bus to which all nodes are connected. It has two defined ends.

ET 200 features a 2-wire bus.

Bus connector Physical connection between the bus node and the bus cable.

Chassis ground Chassis ground includes all the interconnected inactive parts of equipment that must not carry a hazardous voltage even in the event of a fault.

Configuration Systematic arrangement of the individual modules.

Configuration control Function that enables a flexible adjustment of the actual configuration based on a configured maximum configuration via the user program. Input, output and diagnostics addresses remain unchanged.

Page 268: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Glossary

ET 200eco PN 268 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

CPU The CPU supplies the electronics of the used modules via the backplane bus by means of the integrated system power supply. The CPU contains the operating system and executes the user program. The user program can be found on the SIMATIC Memory Card and is edited in the work memory of the CPU. The PROFINET interfaces available at the CPU establishes a connection to the Industrial Ethernet. The CPUs of the ET 200SP support the operation as an IO controller, I device and as a standalone CPU.

Device name Because a fixed IP address is assigned to the device name, an IO Device must have a device name in order to be addressed by an IO Controller. With PROFINET, this procedure is used because names are easier to handle than complex IP addresses.

The assignment of a device name for a specific IO Device can be compared with the setting of the PROFIBUS address for a DP slave.

In the state of delivery a IO Device has no device name. The IO Device can only be addressed for an IO Controller after the device has been assigned a device name with the IO Supervisor/PC, for the transfer of configuration data (IP address and other data) during startup or for the exchange of user data in cyclic operation, for example.

Device replacement without removable media/programming device IO Devices having this function can be replaced easily:

A removable medium (such as SIMATIC Memory Card) on which the device name is stored is not required.

The device name does not have to be assigned using the programming device.

Instead of being assigned a device name from the removable medium or programming device, the IO Device is now assigned a device name by the IO Controller.

The IO Controller uses the configured topology and the correlations derived from the IO Devices. The configured target topology must agree with the actual topology.

Diagnostics The detection, localization, classification, visualization and further evaluation of errors, disturbances and messages.

Provides monitoring functions which are executed automatically when the system is in RUN. Increases plant availability by reducing commissioning times and down times.

Distributed I/O systems Systems with input and output modules that are configured on a distributed basis at greater distance from the controlling CPU are, for example:

ET 200AL, ET 200eco PN, ET 200M, ET 200MP, ET 200pro, ET 200S, ET 200 SP

DP/AS-I Link, etc.

Page 269: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Glossary

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 269

Electrically isolated The reference potentials of the control and load circuit of isolated I/O modules are electrically isolated, for example, by means of optocoupler, relay or transformer. I/O circuits can be connected to the same potential.

Equipotential bonding Electrical connection (equipotential bonding conductor) that keeps electrical equipment and extraneous conductive objects to the same or almost the same potential in order to prevent disturbing or dangerous voltages between those objects.

External lightning protection External plant components at which galvanic coupling of lightning surges can occur. Corresponds with lightning protection zone 0A and 0B.

Fast Ethernet Fast Ethernet describes the standard for transferring data with 100 Mbps. This transfer technology used the 100 Base-T standard for this.

Firmware update Updating the firmware of modules, for example, after functional enhancements to the latest firmware version (update).

Functional ground Functional ground is a low-impedance current path between electric circuits and ground. It is not designed as a protective measure but instead, for example, as a measure to improve interference immunity.

Grounding Refers to the bonding of conductive elements to ground via a grounding system.

GSD file The properties of a PROFINET device are described in a GSD (Generic Station Description) file, which contains all required information for the configuration.

As with PROFIBUS, you can link a PROFINET device in STEP 7 by means of a GSD file.

In PROFINET IO, the GSD file is in XML format. The structure corresponds to ISO 15734, the worldwide standard for device descriptions.

Page 270: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Glossary

ET 200eco PN 270 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

Identification data Information which is stored in modules and supports the user in checking the plant configuration and finding the hardware changes.

Industrial Ethernet Industrial Ethernet is a configuration technology that enables data to be transferred interference-free in an industrial environment.

Standard Ethernet components can be used since PROFINET is an open system. However, we recommend setting up PROFINET as Industrial Ethernet.

Interface module Module in the distributed IO system. The interface module connects the distributed I/O system via a fieldbus with the CPU (IO controller) and prepares the data for or from the I/O modules.

Internal lightning protection Shielding of buildings, rooms or devices Corresponds with lightning protection zone 1, 2 or 3.

IO-Link IO-Link is a point-to-point connection to conventional and intelligent sensors/actuators via unshielded standard cable in proven 3-conductor technology. IO-Link is backwards compatible with all DI/DQ sensors/actuators. Circuit state channel and data channel designed in 24 VDC technology.

Isochronous real-time communication Synchronized transmission method for the cyclic exchange of IRT data between PROFINET devices

A reserved bandwidth is available within the send cycle for IRT IO data. The reserved bandwidth guarantees that IRT data can also be transmitted at reserved, synchronized intervals while other, higher network loads are active (for example, TCP/IP communication or additional real-time communication).

MAC address Every PROFINET device is assigned a worldwide unique device identification before it leaves the factory. This six-byte device identification is the MAC address.

The MAC address is divided into:

Three-byte manufacturer identification and

three-byte device identification (consecutive number)

The MAC address is generally shown on the front of the device, for example: 08-00-06-6B-80-C0

Page 271: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Glossary

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 271

Non-isolated The reference potentials of the control and load circuit of non-isolated I/O modules are electrically interconnected.

Parameter assignment Parameter assignment is the transfer of parameters from the IO controller/DP master to the IO device/DP slave.

PELV Protective Extra Low Voltage = Safety Extra Low Voltage with easy separation.

Prioritized startup Prioritized startup (FSU) denotes PROFINET functionality for accelerating the startup of IO Devices for RT and IRT communication within a PROFINET IO system.

The functions reduce the time that the correspondingly configured IO Devices require to recover the cyclic exchange of user data in the following situations:

After power has returned

After station recovery

After activation of IO Devices

Process image (I/O) The CPU transfers the values from the input and output modules to this memory area. At the beginning of the cyclic program, the signal states of the input modules are transferred to the process input image. At the end of the cyclic program the process image of the outputs is transferred as a signal state to the output modules.

PROFIBUS PROcess FIeld BUS, process- and fieldbus standard, which is defined in the standard IEC 61158 Type 3. It specifies functional, electrical and mechanical properties for a bit-serial fieldbus system. PROFIBUS is available with the protocols DP (= Distributed Peripherals), FMS (= Fieldbus Message Specification), PA (= Process Automation), or TF (= Technological Functions).

PROFIBUS International Technical committee dedicated to the definition and development of the PROFIBUS and PROFINET standard.

Also known as the PROFIBUS Trade Organization (PTO).

Homepage: www.profibus.com

Page 272: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Glossary

ET 200eco PN 272 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

PROFINET Within the framework of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA), PROFINET represents a consequent enhancement of:

PROFIBUS DP, the established field bus, and

Industrial Ethernet, the communication bus for the cell level.

Experience gained from both systems was and is being integrated into PROFINET.

PROFINET is an Ethernet-based automation standard of PROFIBUS International (previously PROFIBUS Trade Organization) and defines a multi-vendor communication, automation and engineering model. Since 2003, PROFINET has been part of IEC 61158.

See PROFIBUS International

PROFINET component A PROFINET component encompasses the entire data of the hardware configuration, the parameters of the modules, and the corresponding user program. The PROFINET component is composed of:

Technological function

The (optional) technological (software) function includes the interface to other PROFINET components in the form of interconnectable inputs and outputs.

Device

The device is the representation of the physical automation device or field device including the IO devices, sensors, actuators, mechanics, and device firmware.

PROFINET Device All PROFINET devices are equipped with at least one Industrial Ethernet port. A PROFINET device can also have a PROFIBUS connection (master with proxy functionality).

PROFINET device model A PROFINET device can have a modular and compact structure. A modular PROFINET device consists of slots into which the modules are inserted. The modules have channels which are used to read and output process signals. A compact device has the same design. However, it cannot be physically expanded, this means that no modules/submodules can be inserted. A module can be made up of multiple submodules.

Page 273: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Glossary

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 273

PROFINET IO Within the framework of PROFINET, PROFINET IO represents a communication concept for the implementation of modular, distributed applications.

PROFINET IO allows you to create automation solutions, which are familiar to you from PROFIBUS.

Implementation of PROFINET IO is effected on the one hand by means of the PROFINET standard for automation devices and on the other by means of the STEP 7 engineering tool. This means you have the same application view in STEP 7 regardless of whether you are configuring PROFINET devices or PROFIBUS devices. Programming your user program is essentially the same for PROFINET IO and PROFIBUS DP if you use the extended blocks and system status lists for PROFINET IO.

PROFINET IO Controller Device used to address connected IO Devices. That means: the IO Controller exchanges input and output signals with assigned field devices. The IO Controller is usually the controller running the automation program.

PROFINET IO Device Distributed field device which is assigned to one of the IO Controllers (remote IO, valve blocks, frequency converters, switches).

Reference potential Reference potential for the evaluation / measuring of the voltages of participating circuits.

RoHS EU Directive 2011/65/EU on the restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic devices regulates the use of hazardous substances in devices and components. It, together with the respective implementation in national legislation, is designated as a whole with the abbreviation RoHS (English: Restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances; German: "Use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic devices").

SELV Safety Extra Low Voltage

Page 274: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Glossary

ET 200eco PN 274 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

SNMP SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) is the standardized protocol for diagnostics and parameter assignment of the Ethernet network infrastructure.

In the office area and in automation technology, devices support a wide range of manufacturers on the Ethernet SNMP.

SNMP-based applications can be operated parallel to applications with PROFINET on the same network.

The scope of the supported functions varies depending on the device type. A switch, for example, has more functions than a CP 1616.

Switch PROFIBUS is based on a line topology. Communication nodes are interconnected by means of a passive line, namely the bus.

By contrast, the Industrial Ethernet consists of point-to-point connections: Each communication node is interconnected directly with one other communication node.

If a communication node is to be interconnected with several other communication nodes, this communication node is connected to the port of an active network component, i.e., the switch. Other communications nodes (including switches) can then be connected to the other ports of the switch. The connection between a communication node and the switch remains a point-to-point connection.

The task of a switch is thus to regenerate and distribute received signals. The switch "learns" the Ethernet address(es) of a connected PROFINET device or of other switches and passes only the signals intended for the connected PROFINET device or switch.

A switch has a certain number of ports. Connect a maximum of one PROFINET device or one additional switch to each port.

TIA Portal Totally Integrated Automation Portal

The TIA Portal is the key to the full performance capability of Totally Integrated Automation. The software optimizes all plant, machine and process sequences.

Total current Total current of all output channels of a digital output module.

Page 275: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 275

Index

" Standards and Approvals", Standards and Approvals", Standards and Approvals", Standards and Approvals", Standards and Approvals",

1 16 DI DC 24V 8×M12

Block diagram, 119 Parameters, 123 Pin assignment, 119 Properties, 118 Technical data, 120

16 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 Parameters, 149

16 DO DC 24V/1.3A 8×M12 Block diagram, 145 Pin assignment, 144 Properties, 143 Technical data, 145

2 24 V DC supply, 29

4 4 AO U/I 4×M12

Block diagram, 197 Pin assignment, 197 Properties, 196 Technical data, 198

4 AO U/I 4xM12 Parameters, 202

4 IO-L + 8 DI + 4 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 Parameter, 214

4 IO-L 4×M12 Configuration, 221 Diagnostic interrupt, 227 Functions, 225 Hardware interrupt, 228 Interrupts, 227

Master backup, 225 Parameter, 222 Port Qualifier Information, 226 PQI, 226 Pull/plug interrupt, 228 System diagnostics, 227

8 8 AI 4 U/I + 4 RTD/TC 8×M12

Block diagram, 159 Pin assignment, 157 Properties, 156 Technical data, 160

8 AI 4 U/I + 4 RTD/TC 8xM12 Parameter, 172

8 AI RTD/TC 8xM12 Block diagram, 167 Parameter, 174 Pin assignment, 166 Properties, 165 Technical data, 168

8 DI DC 24V 4×M12 Block diagram, 111 Parameters, 122 Pin assignment, 111 Properties, 110 Technical data, 112

8 DI DC 24V 8×M12 Block diagram, 115 Parameters, 122 Pin assignment, 115 Properties, 114 Technical data, 116

8 DIO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 Parameters, 155

8 DIO DC 24V/1.3A 8×M12 Block diagram, 151 Pin assignment, 151 Properties, 150 Technical data, 152

8 DO DC 24V/0,5A 4×M12 Parameters, 149

8 DO DC 24V/0.5A 4×M12 Block diagram, 130 Pin assignment, 129 Properties, 129 Technical data, 130

Page 276: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Index

ET 200eco PN 276 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

8 DO DC 24V/1,3A 4×M12 Parameters, 148

8 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12 Parameters, 148

8 DO DC 24V/1.3A 4×M12 Block diagram, 125 Pin assignment, 124 Properties, 123 Technical data, 126

8 DO DC 24V/1.3A 8×M12 Block diagram, 135 Pin assignment, 134 Properties, 133 Technical data, 136

8 DO DC 24V/2,0A 8×M12 Parameters, 148

8 DO DC 24V/2.0A 8×M12 Block diagram, 140 Pin assignment, 139 Properties, 139 Technical data, 140

A Additional support, 4 Address space

16 DI DC 24V 8×M12, 253 16 DO DC 24V/1.3 A 8×M12, 255 4 AO U/I 4×M12, 257 4 IO-L + 8 DI + 4 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12, 257 4 IO-L 4×M12, 258 8 AI 4 U/I + 4 RTD/TC 8×M12, 256 8 AI RTD/TC 8×M12, 256 8 DI DC 24V 4×M12, 252 8 DI DC 24V 8×M12, 252 8 DIO DC 24V/1.3 A 8×M12, 255 8 DO DC 24V/0.5 A 4×M12, 254 8 DO DC 24V/1.3 A 4×M12, 253 8 DO DC 24V/1.3 A 8×M12, 254 8 DO DC 24V/2.0 A 8×M12, 254

Analog value, 183 Article numbers, 235

B Basic conversion time, 260 Basic knowledge, 3 Burst pulses, 103

C Climatic environmental conditions, 105 Commissioning

ET 200eco PN, 78 Components and protective measures, 31 Components of ET 200eco PN, 13 Configuring, 71

ET 200eco PN, 68 IO-Link master, 69, (HW Config), (GSD), (S7-PCT), 71

Continuous shock, 106, 106 Conversion time, 260, 261 Cycle time, 260, 261

D Definition

Electromagnetic compatibility, 103 Degree of protection IP65, 108 Degree of protection IP66, 108 Degree of protection IP67, 108 Device identification, 72 Device replacement without programming device, 75 Diagnostics, 93

After IO Controller STOP, 99 After recovery of the IO Device, 99

Diagnostics messages PROFINET IO, 93

Dimensional drawing, 242 Disposal, 4 Distributed I/O systems – application area, 10

E Electrical isolation

between..., 33 Electromagnetic compatibility, 103 Electrostatic discharge, 103 EMC, 103 EMERGENCY-STOP devices, 29 Emission of radio interference, 104 Error types I/O devices, 95 ET 200eco PN

Commissioning, 78 Components, 13 LED display, 86 Operation with grounded power supply, 30

ET 200eco PN distributed I/O device Definition, 11 Field of application, 11 IO Controller, 19

Page 277: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Index

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 277

ET 200eco PN standard modules Fail-safe shutdown, 263

Evaluating interrupts using an IO Controller, 84 Exchange object, 83

F Firmware update

Online, 81 Flash test, 73 Function block

IO_LINK_DEVICE, 82 IO_LINK_MASTER, 82

Functional earth (FE), 35

G General rules

For operation of an ET 200eco PN, 29 Grounded power supply, 30 GSDML file (PROFINET IO), 68 Guide, 4

H HW Config, 68, 73

I I/O device

Wiring, 37 Identification and maintenance data, 225 IEC 204, 29 Installing, 20 Insulation test, 108 IO controller

ET 200eco PN distributed I/O device, 19 IO Controller STOP

Diagnostics events triggered, 99 IO Device, 72 IO-Link Master

Functions, 216 IO-Link Master 4 IO-L + 8 DI + 4 DO DC 24V/1.3A 8×M12

Block diagram, 209 Pin assignment, 208 Properties, 207 Technical data, 210

IO-Link Master 4 IO-L 4×M12 Block diagram, 218

Pin assignment, 218 Properties, 217 Technical data, 219

IP address, 72 Isochronous real-time communication, 74

L Labels, 27 LED display

ET 200eco PN, 86 IO-Link Master 4 IO-L + 8 DI + 4 DO DC 24V/1.3A 8×M12, 89 IO-Link Master 4 IO-L 4×M12, 90 Status, 90 Voltage distributor, 92

Loop-through of PROFINET, 66 of the supply voltage, 66

M M12 connector

connection, 37 Maintenance interrupts, 85 Manual

Purpose, 3 Measuring range

Current, 185, 186 Voltage, 184, 184, 204

Measuring ranges with SIMATIC S7, 183 Mechanical environmental conditions, 106 Media redundancy, 76 Mounting dimensions, 24 Mounting position, 24

O Outdoors, 107 Overall configuration on TN-S system, 32

P Parameter, 148, 214 Parameter assignment, 71 Parameters, 122, 155, 172, 174, 202

16 DI DC 24V 8×M12, 123 16 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12, 149 4 AO U/I 4xM12, 202 4 IO-L + 8 DI + 4 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12, 214

Page 278: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Index

ET 200eco PN 278 Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI

4 IO-L 4×M12, 222 8 AI 4 U/I + 4 RTD/TC 8xM12, 172 8 AI RTD/TC 8xM12, 174 8 DI DC 24V 4×M12, 122 8 DI DC 24V 8×M12, 122 8 DIO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12, 155 8 DO DC 24V/0,5A 4×M12, 149 8 DO DC 24V/1,3A 4×M12, 148 8 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12, 148

PD DC 24V 1×7/8" 4×M12 Block diagram, 232 Pin assignment, 231 Properties, 231 Technical data, 232

Pin assignment 16 DI DC 24V 8xM12, 43 16 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12, 48 4 AO U/I 4×M12, 59 4 IO-L + 8 DI + 4 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12, 50 4 IO-L 4×M12, 52 8 AI 4 U/I + 4 RTD/TC 8×M12, 53 8 AI RTD/TC 8×M12, 56 8 DI DC 24V 4×M12, 42 8 DI DC 24V 8xM12, 43 8 DIO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12, 49 8 DO DC 24V/0,5A 4×M12, 46 8 DO DC 24V/1,3A 4×M12, 45 8 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12, 47 8 DO DC 24V/2,0A 8×M12, 47 For loop-through of the supply voltage, 41 For supply voltage infeed, 41 Of the terminal block, 62 PROFINET connector, 40 Voltage distributor PD DC 24V 1x7/8, 65

Port, 73 Prioritized startup, 75 PROFINET IO, 10

Network topology, 11 PROFINET IO Device, 72 PROFINET IO standard, 100 Protection against external electrical influences, 30 Protection class, 108 Pulse-shaped disturbances, 103

R Radio interference, 102 Rated voltage, 108 Readers of this manual, 4 Reading diagnostics data, 93 Recovery of the IO Device

Diagnostics events triggered, 99

Recycling, 4 Regulations

For operation of an ET 200eco PN, 29 Removing, 28 Replacing the fuse

Terminal block, 80 Representation of analog values, 188, 188, 189, 189 Reset to factory settings (PROFINET), 76 Response time, 262

S Safe electrical isolation, 30 Safety shutdown device, 263 Scope of information, 3 Scope of this manual, 3 SELV/PELV, 30 Settling time, 261 Shipping conditions, 103 Shock, 106 Signal names, 234 SIMATIC Manual Collection, 240 Sinusoidal disturbance variables, 104 Smoothing, 179 SNMP, 77 Standards and certifications, 100

IEC 61131, 100 Status display 24 V DC, 88 STEP 7, 93 Storage conditions, 103 System startup after certain events, 29

T Technical data

Climatic environmental conditions, 105 I/O device 16 DI DC 24V 8×M12, 120 I/O device 16 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12, 145 I/O device 8 DI DC 24V 4×M12, 112 I/O device 8 DI DC 24V 8×M12, 116 I/O device 8 DIO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12, 152 I/O device 8 DO DC 24V/0,5A 4×M12, 130 I/O device 8 DO DC 24V/1,3A 4×M12, 126 I/O device 8 DO DC 24V/1,3A 8×M12, 136 I/O device 8 DO DC 24V/2,0A 8×M12, 140

Technical specifications Electromagnetic compatibility, 103 Shipping and storage conditions, 103

Technical Support, 4 Temperature, 104 Temperature coefficient, 179

Page 279: ET 200eco PN - Siemens AG€¦ ·  · 2018-03-26. Technical Support : Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services …

Index

ET 200eco PN Operating Instructions, 03/2018, A5E01250250-AI 279

Terminal block Block diagram, 230 Pin assignment, 229 Properties, 229 Technical data, 230

Test voltage, 108 TN-S system, 32 TÜV certificate, 264

U Usage

In mixed-use zone, 102 In residential area, 102 Industrial, 102

V Vibration, 106

W Wiring

For operation of an ET 200eco PN, 29

Y Y cable, 38